WO2017120249A1 - Poly (phenylene)-based anion exchange polymers and methods thereof - Google Patents

Poly (phenylene)-based anion exchange polymers and methods thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017120249A1
WO2017120249A1 PCT/US2017/012205 US2017012205W WO2017120249A1 WO 2017120249 A1 WO2017120249 A1 WO 2017120249A1 US 2017012205 W US2017012205 W US 2017012205W WO 2017120249 A1 WO2017120249 A1 WO 2017120249A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
group
independently
aryl
alkyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/US2017/012205
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Yu Seung Kim
Kwan-Soo Lee
Cy Fujimoto
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
National Technology and Engineering Solutions of Sandia LLC
Los Alamos National Security LLC
Original Assignee
Los Alamos National Security LLC
Sandia Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Los Alamos National Security LLC, Sandia Corp filed Critical Los Alamos National Security LLC
Publication of WO2017120249A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017120249A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/02Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes
    • C08G61/10Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes only aromatic carbon atoms, e.g. polyphenylenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/20Manufacture of shaped structures of ion-exchange resins
    • C08J5/22Films, membranes or diaphragms
    • C08J5/2206Films, membranes or diaphragms based on organic and/or inorganic macromolecular compounds
    • C08J5/2218Synthetic macromolecular compounds
    • C08J5/2256Synthetic macromolecular compounds based on macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions other than those involving carbon-to-carbon bonds, e.g. obtained by polycondensation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L65/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/11Homopolymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/312Non-condensed aromatic systems, e.g. benzene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/40Polymerisation processes
    • C08G2261/46Diels-Alder reactions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/50Physical properties
    • C08G2261/51Charge transport
    • C08G2261/516Charge transport ion-conductive
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/70Post-treatment
    • C08G2261/72Derivatisation
    • C08G2261/722Sulfonation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2365/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2365/00Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2365/02Polyphenylenes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M8/00Fuel cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M8/10Fuel cells with solid electrolytes
    • H01M8/1016Fuel cells with solid electrolytes characterised by the electrolyte material
    • H01M8/1018Polymeric electrolyte materials
    • H01M8/102Polymeric electrolyte materials characterised by the chemical structure of the main chain of the ion-conducting polymer
    • H01M8/1023Polymeric electrolyte materials characterised by the chemical structure of the main chain of the ion-conducting polymer having only carbon, e.g. polyarylenes, polystyrenes or polybutadiene-styrenes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01MPROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M8/00Fuel cells; Manufacture thereof
    • H01M8/10Fuel cells with solid electrolytes
    • H01M8/1016Fuel cells with solid electrolytes characterised by the electrolyte material
    • H01M8/1018Polymeric electrolyte materials
    • H01M8/1039Polymeric electrolyte materials halogenated, e.g. sulfonated polyvinylidene fluorides
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02EREDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/30Hydrogen technology
    • Y02E60/50Fuel cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to anionic exchange polymers including a
  • poly(phenylene) structure can include any useful cationic moiety (e.g., any described herein). Methods and uses of such structures and polymers are also provided.
  • Polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell systems can employ any useful membrane to effectively conduct protons or anions.
  • anion exchange membrane-based fuel cells AEMFCs
  • AEMFCs anion exchange membrane-based fuel cells
  • the anion exchange membrane is generally composed of a polymer having a functional group (e.g., a cationic group) capable of binding to anionic carriers (e.g., hydroxide or carbonate anions).
  • a polymer should be capable of having both high anion conductivity and high chemical stability. Design and synthesis of such polymers can be challenging. Accordingly, there is a need for additional polymer structures having such desired chemical characteristics, as well as methods for making and using such polymers.
  • the present invention relates to polymer compounds and compositions having a poly(phenylene) structure in combination with one or more cationic moieties.
  • the cationic moieties are resonance stabilized, thereby providing enhanced stability, even under high pH conditions.
  • the polymeric backbone includes a poly(phenylene) structure that imparts durability to the polymer.
  • the polymer compounds of the invention include a combination of a durable backbone and a stabilized cationic moiety in order to improve pH-stability, anionic conductivity, and/or solubility.
  • the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (II), having the formula (II), or including a structure having the formula (II):
  • the counter ion of the cationic moiety is hydroxide or an anionic salt, such as a chloride or a bromide.
  • the structure includes a formula (IIA), (Ila)-(IIx), (II-l) to (11-13), or a salt thereof.
  • each R A is independently, a cationic moiety (e.g., any described herein).
  • the cationic moiety includes an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl.
  • each and every R A includes a cationic moiety, which in turn includes an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • each R A includes one or more cationic functionalities R A1 (e.g., any described herein).
  • R A is -L A -Ar A .
  • Ar A is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., substituted with one or more cationic functionalities, such as any described herein) and L A is a linker (e.g., any herein).
  • Ar A is further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
  • R A is or (" ⁇ 2 ) , or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
  • each L A and L A1 is any linker described herein (e.g., described for L A ).
  • each R 4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkyl,
  • each R Al is, independently, a cationic functionality (e.g., any herein); each q is, independently, an integer of from 1 to 5; and/or each al is, independently, an integer of from 1 to 5.
  • each R 1 and R 3 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12
  • each Ar L is, independently, a bivalent linker including optionally substituted arylene
  • each Ar M is, independently, a bivalent linker including optionally substituted arylene
  • each q is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5
  • each a is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one a is not 0
  • m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000 (e.g., from 1 to
  • At least one R or Ar in formula (II) includes R , R , R , R , or R F .
  • q for R 1 is 1.
  • at least one R A includes an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • a for Ar 1 is an integer of from 0 to 5; and/or a for all other aryl groups is an integer of from 1 to 5.
  • each and every R 3 is, independently, R A , R S , R P , R C , or R F .
  • the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (Ilk) to (Hp) or (DA), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
  • each Ar A is, independently, an optionally substituted aryl group including one or more cationic moieties or cationic functionalities (e.g., any described herein) and L A is a linker (e.g., any described herein).
  • the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (Dq) to (Dx), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (D-l) to (II-
  • each R A1 is, independently, a cationic moiety
  • each L A and L A1 is, independently, a linker (e.g., any described herein); and each al is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, where at least one al is not 0.
  • each R 4 and R M1 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C1.12 alkoxy, R s , R P , R c , or R F .
  • the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas ( ⁇ -ll) to (11-13), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
  • each R 7 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido,
  • dithiocarboxyamino optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 . 12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted
  • the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (III), having the formula (III), or includin a structure having the formula (III):
  • each of R A , R 1 , R 3 , Ar L , Ar M , q, a, m, L', and R L is, independently, any described herein.
  • each R L is, independently, an electrophilic reactive end group (e.g., any herein, such as optionally substituted C5-19 or C 7- ii aryloyl or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 or C 6 . 18 aryl).
  • the composition includes a structure having the formula (Ilia) to (Hid) or a salt thereof.
  • the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (IV), having the formula (IV), or including a structure having the formula (IV):
  • each of R A , R 1 , R 3 , Ar L , Ar M , q, a, m, n, L, and Ar * is, independently, any described herein.
  • each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000;
  • L is a linking segment (e.g., such as any linker described herein); and
  • Ar * is a hydrophobic segment.
  • at least one R 1 or Ar L in formula (IV) includes R A , R s , R P , R c , or R F .
  • the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (V), having the formula (V), or includin a structure having the formula (V): , or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
  • a composition e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.
  • V having the formula (V):
  • a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.
  • each of R A , R 1 , R 3 , R L , Ar L , Ar M q, a, m, n, L, and Ar is, independently, any described herein.
  • each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000; L is a linking segment (e.g., such as any linker described herein); and Ar * is a hydrophobic segment.
  • at least one R 1 or Ar L in formula (V) includes R A , R s , R P , R c , or R F .
  • formula (V) includes a structure of formula (Va):
  • each of R A , R H , R 1 , R 3 , Ar L , Ar M , q, a, h, m, n, L, and Ar * is, independently, any described herein.
  • each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000; L is a linking segment; and Ar * is a hydrophobic segment.
  • (Va) includes R A , R H , R s , R P , R c , or R F .
  • R s is -S0 2 -OH, -S0 2 -R S1 , -R SA -S0 2 -R S1 , -S0 2 -R Ar , - R SA -S0 2 -R Ar , -S0 2 R N1 R N2 , -N(R N1 )-S0 2 -R S3 , -S0 2 - R N1 -R S2 , or -S0 2 - R N1 -S0 2 -R S3 (e.g., where each of R S1 , R S2 , R S3 , R ⁇ , R SA , R N1 , and R N2 is any described herein).
  • R c is -C0 2 H, -C(0)-R C1 , or -R CA -C(0)-R C1 (e.g., where each of R and R is any described herein).
  • p is -P(0)(OH) 2 ,-0-PO(OH) 2 , -P(0)HR P1 ,
  • R -P(0) ⁇ R R -0-P(0) ⁇ R i R , -0-P(0) ⁇ R Ar R , or -0-P(0) ⁇ R Ar R Ar (e.g., where each of R ⁇ R ⁇ R ⁇ and R ⁇ is any described herein, and where each R Ar can be the same or different).
  • R H is H, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 heteroalkyl, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl.
  • R H is -L H -Ar H . In other embodiments, R H is -L H - Ak H .
  • Ar H is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl).
  • Ak H is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted heteroalkyl (e.g., substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl).
  • R F is optionally substituted C5-19 or C7- 11 aryloyl, optionally substituted C 4- i 8 or C 6- i 8 aryl, carboxyaldehyde, optionally substituted C 2 -7 alkanoyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -7 alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, sulfo, carboxyl, and quaternary ammonium (e.g., any described herein).
  • R F includes or is substituted by perfluoroalkyl (e.g., Ci.i 2 perfluoroalkyl).
  • R L1 , R L2 , and R L3 is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4- i 8 aryl, or optionally substituted
  • the linker (e.g., for L') includes an optionally substituted polyphenylene or a structure of formula (II).
  • L or L' includes a structure of formula (II) and Ar * (e.g., any subunits described herein for Ar * ).
  • Ar or L or L' includes a structure of formula (II), a sulfone subunit, an arylene sulfone subunit, an ether sulfone subunit, an arylene ether subunit, a perfluoroalkyl subunit, or a perfluoroalkoxy subunit.
  • each of Ar L , Ar M , and Ar * is optionally substituted phenylene, optionally substituted naphthylene, optionally substituted phenanthrylene, a sulfone subunit, an arylene sulfone subunit, an ether sulfone subunit, an arylene ether subunit, a perfluoroalkyl subunit, a perfluoroalkoxy subunit, or any described herein (e.g., any aryl group described herein).
  • the optional substitution is R A , R H , R s , R P ,
  • a label e.g., fluorine or another MR detectable label.
  • n is less than n. In some embodiments, m is greater than n.
  • the term "about” means +/- 10% of any recited value. As used herein, this term modifies any recited value, range of values, or endpoints of one or more ranges.
  • acyl or "alkanoyl,” as used interchangeably herein, represent an alkyl group, as defined herein, or hydrogen attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. This group is exemplified by formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, and the like.
  • the alkanoyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkanoyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
  • the unsubstituted acyl group is a C 2 -7 acyl or alkanoyl group.
  • alkaryl is meant an aryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • alkheteroaryl is meant a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group. Other groups preceded by the prefix “alk-” are defined in the same manner.
  • the alkaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkaryl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl and/or aryl.
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkaryl groups are of from 7 to 16 carbons (C 7 . 16 alkaryl), as well as those having an alkylene group with 1 to 6 carbons and an aryl group with 4 to 18 carbons (i.e., Ci -6 alk-C 4- i 8 aryl).
  • alkcycloalkyl is meant a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • the alkcycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkcycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
  • alkenyl is meant an optionally substituted C 2 -24 alkyl group having one or more double bonds.
  • the alkenyl group can be cyclic (e.g., C 3-2 4 cycloalkenyl) or acyclic.
  • the alkenyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
  • alkheterocyclyl represents a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkheterocyclyl groups are of from 2 to 14 carbons.
  • alkoxy is meant -OR, where R is an optionally substituted alkyl group, as described herein.
  • exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, trihaloalkoxy, such as trifluoromethoxy, etc.
  • the alkoxy group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkoxy group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
  • Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxy groups include C 1-3 , Ci -6 , C 1-12 , Ci-16, Ci-18, Ci-20, or C 1-24 alkoxy groups.
  • alkoxyalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, which is substituted with an alkoxy group, as defined herein.
  • exemplary unsubstituted alkoxyalkyl groups include between 2 to 12 carbons (C 2 . 12 alkoxyalkyl), as well as those having an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons and an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons (i.e., Ci -6 alkoxy-Ci -6 alkyl).
  • alkoxycarbonyl is meant an alkoxy group, as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
  • unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group is a C 2 -7 alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • alkyl and the prefix “alk” is meant a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl group can be cyclic (e.g., C 3-2 4 cycloalkyl) or acyclic.
  • the alkyl group can be branched or unbranched.
  • the alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkyl group can be substituted with one, two, three or, in the case of alkyl groups of two carbons or more, four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) Ci -6 alkoxy; (2) Ci-6 alkyl sulfinyl; (3) Ci -6 alkyl sulfonyl; (4) amino; (5) aryl; (6) arylalkoxy; (7) aryloyl; (8) azido; (9) cyano; (10) carboxyaldehyde; (11) C 3-8 cycloalkyl; (12) halo;
  • Ci-6 alkyl (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C 4 -i 8 aryl, and (d) Ci -6 alk-C 4 -i8 aryl; (24) -C(0) R B R c , where each of R B and R is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci -6 alkyl,
  • the alkyl group can be a primary, secondary, or tertiary alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., one or more halo or alkoxy).
  • the unsubstituted alkyl group is a C 1-3 , Ci -6 , C 1-12 , Ci-i6, C 1-18 , Ci -2 o, or C 1-24 alkyl group.
  • alkylene is meant a bivalent form of an alkyl group, as described herein.
  • Exemplary alkylene groups include methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, etc.
  • the alkylene group is a C 1-3 , Ci -6 , C 1-12 , Ci-i 6 , C M S, Ci -20 , C 1-2 , C 2-3 , C 2-6 , C 2 . 12 , C 2- i6, C 2 . 18 , C 2-2 o, or C 2-24 alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group can be branched or
  • the alkylene group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkylene group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
  • alkyleneoxy is meant an alkylene group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
  • alkylsulfate is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -0-(S0 2 )- group.
  • An exemplary alkylsulfate group is -0-S0 2 - Ak, where each Ak is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl.
  • alkylsulfinyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -S(O)- group.
  • the unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group is a Ci -6 or C 1-12 alkylsulfinyl group.
  • alkylsulfinylalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfinyl group.
  • the unsubstituted alkylsulfinylalkyl group is a C 2 . 12 or C 2-2 alkylsulfinylalkyl group (e.g., Ci -6 alkylsulfinyl-Ci -6 alkyl or C 1-12 alkylsulfinyl- Ci.12 alkyl).
  • alkylsulfonyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -S0 2 - group.
  • the unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group is a Ci -6 or C 1-12 alkylsulfonyl group.
  • the unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group is a Ci -6 or C 1-12 alkylsulfony
  • alkylsulfonyl group is -S0 2 -R , where R is an optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., as described herein, including optionally substituted C 1-12 haloalkyl or perfluoroalkyl).
  • alkylsulfonylalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • the unsubstituted alkylsulfonylalkyl group is a C 2 . 12 or C 2-24 alkylsulfonylalkyl group (e.g., Ci -6 alkyl sulfonyl-Ci -6 alkyl or C 1-12
  • alkylsulfonyl-Ci-i 2 alkyl An exemplary alkylsulfonylalkyl group is -C-(S0 2 -Ak) 3 , where each Ak is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl.
  • alkylsulfonylamide is meant an amino group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfonyl group.
  • the unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamide group is - R N1 R N2 , in which each of R N1 and R N2 is, independently, H, C 1 . 12 alkyl, or Ci -24
  • alkylsulfonyl group e.g., Ci -6 alkylsulfonyl or C 1-12 alkylsulfonyl
  • R N1 and R N2 includes a sulfonyl group.
  • An exemplary alkylsulfonylamide group is -N-(S0 2 -Ak) 2 or -N(Ak)(S0 2 -Ak), where each Ak is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl.
  • alkynyl is meant an optionally substituted C 2-24 alkyl group having one or more triple bonds.
  • the alkynyl group can be cyclic or acyclic and is exemplified by ethynyl, 1-propynyl, and the like.
  • the alkynyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the alkynyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
  • amino is meant -C( R N3 ) R N1 R N2 , where each of R N1 , R N2 , and R N3 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where a combination of R N1 and R N2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • amido is meant -C(0) R N1 R N2 , where each of R N1 and R N2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where a combination of R N1 and R N2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a
  • heterocyclyl group as defined herein.
  • amino is meant - R N1 R N2 , where each of R N1 and R N2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where a combination of R N1 and R N2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • aminoalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an amino group, as defined herein.
  • aryl is meant a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzyl, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, phenoxybenzene, and the like.
  • aryl also includes "heteroaryl,” which is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group.
  • heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
  • non-heteroaryl which is also included in the term “aryl,” defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom.
  • the aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the aryl group can be substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) Ci -6 alkanoyl; (2) Ci -6 alkyl; (3) Ci -6 alkoxy; (4) Ci -6 alkoxy-Ci -6 alkyl; (5) Ci -6 alkyl sulfinyl;
  • Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl-Ci-6 alkyl (7) Ci -6 alkyl sulfonyl; (8) Ci -6 alkylsulfonyl-Ci-6 alkyl;
  • each R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci -6 alkyl, (c) C 4 -i 8 aryl, and (d) Ci -6 alk-C 4- i 8 aryl; (38) -(CH 2 ) r S0 2 R D , where r is an integer of from zero to four and where R D is selected from the group consisting of (a) Ci-6 alkyl, (b) C 4 -i 8 aryl, and (c) Ci -6 alk-C 4- i 8 aryl; (39) -(CH 2 ) r S0 2 NR E R F , where r is an integer of from zero to four and where each of R E and R F is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci -6 alkyl, (c) C 4- i 8 aryl, and (d) Ci -6 alk-C 4- i 8 aryl;
  • R and R is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) an N-protecting group, (c) Ci-6 alkyl, (d) C 2-6 alkenyl, (e) C 2-6 alkynyl, (f) C . 18 aryl, (g) Ci -6 alk-C 4- i 8 aryl, (h) C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and (i) Ci -6 alk-C 3-8 cycloalkyl, wherein in one embodiment no two groups are bound to the nitrogen atom through a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group;
  • an unsubstituted aryl group is a C 4 . 18 , C 4 . 14 , C 4 . 12 , C 4 . 10 , C 6 . 18 , C 6 . 14 , C 6 . 12 , or C 6 . 10 aryl group.
  • arylcarbonylalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an aryloyl group, as defined herein.
  • the arylcarbonylalkyl group is Ar-C(0)-Ak- in which Ar is an optionally substituted aryl group and Ak is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted alkylene group.
  • an unsubstituted arylcarbonylalkyl group is a C4-20 aryl-C(0)-Ci-i2 alkyl group or a
  • arylene is meant a bivalent form of an aryl group, as described herein.
  • Exemplary arylene groups include phenylene, naphthylene, biphenylene, triphenylene, diphenyl ether, acenaphthenylene, anthrylene, or phenanthrylene.
  • the arylene group is a C 4 . 18 , C 4 . 14 , C4-12, C 4 . 10 , C 6 . 18 , C 6 . 1 , C 6 . 12 , or C 6 . 10 arylene group.
  • the arylene group can be branched or unbranched.
  • the arylene group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the arylene group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for aryl.
  • aryleneoxy is meant an arylene group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
  • arylalkoxy is meant an alkaryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
  • aryloxy is meant -OR, where R is an optionally substituted aryl group, as described herein.
  • R is an optionally substituted aryl group, as described herein.
  • an unsubstituted aryloxy group is a C 4 . 18 or C 6 . 18 aryloxy group.
  • aryloxycarbonyl is meant an aryloxy group, as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
  • an aryloxycarbonyl is meant an aryloxy group, as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
  • unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group is a C 5- i9 aryloxycarbonyl group.
  • aryloyl is meant an aryl group that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
  • an unsubstituted aryloyl group is a C5-19 or a C7-11 aryloyl group.
  • arylsulfonyl is meant an aryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -S0 2 - group.
  • arylsulfonylalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an arylsulfonyl group.
  • the arylcarbonylalkyl group is Ar-S0 2 -Ak- in which Ar is an optionally substituted aryl group and Ak is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted alkylene group.
  • the unsubstituted arylsulfonylalkyl group is a C4-20 aryl-S02-Ci-i2 alkyl group or a C4-12 aryl-S02-Ci-6 alkyl group or a C 4 . 18 aryl-S02-Ci-6 alkyl group.
  • azido is meant an -N 3 group.
  • azidoalkyl is meant an azido group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
  • carboxyaldehyde is meant a -C(0)H group.
  • carboxyaldehydealkyl is meant a carboxyaldehyde group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
  • carboxyl is meant a -CO 2 H group.
  • cyano is meant a -CN group.
  • cycloalkyl is meant a monovalent saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group of from three to eight carbons, unless otherwise specified, and is exemplified by cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,
  • the cycloalkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • the cycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including those described herein for alkyl.
  • cycloalkoxy is meant a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
  • dithiocarboxyamino is meant - R N1 C(S)SR S1 , where each of R N1 and R S1 is, independently, H or optionally substituted alkyl; or where a combination of R N1 and R S1 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • halo is meant F, CI, Br, or I.
  • haloalkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted with one or more halo.
  • heteroalkyl an alkyl group, as defined herein, containing one, two, three, or four non-carbon heteroatoms (e.g., independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, or halo).
  • heteroalkylene is meant a divalent form of an alkylene group, as defined herein, containing one, two, three, or four non-carbon heteroatoms (e.g., independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, or halo).
  • heteroalkyleneoxy is meant a heteroalkylene group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
  • heteroaryl is meant a subset of heterocyclyl groups, as defined herein, which are aromatic, i.e., they contain 4n+2 pi electrons within the mono- or multicyclic ring system.
  • heterocyclyl is meant a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring, unless otherwise specified, containing one, two, three, or four non-carbon heteroatoms (e.g., independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, or halo).
  • the 5-membered ring has zero to two double bonds and the 6- and 7-membered rings have zero to three double bonds.
  • heterocyclyl also includes bicyclic, tricyclic and tetracyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to one, two, or three rings independently selected from the group consisting of an aryl ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, and another monocyclic heterocyclic ring, such as indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl and the like.
  • Heterocyclics include thiiranyl, thietanyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thianyl, thiepanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, azepanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, homopiperidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidiniyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidin
  • dihydroindolyl tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl
  • pyranyl dihydropyranyl, dithiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, and the like.
  • heterocyclyloxy is meant a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
  • heterocyclyloyl is meant a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
  • hydroxyl is meant -OH.
  • hydroxy alkyl is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by one to three hydroxyl groups, with the proviso that no more than one hydroxyl group may be attached to a single carbon atom of the alkyl group and is exemplified by hydroxymethyl, dihydroxypropyl, and the like.
  • nitrilo is meant -N ⁇ .
  • exemplary nitrilo groups include - R -, where R is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo.
  • nitro is meant an -N0 2 group.
  • nitroalkyl an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by one to three nitro groups.
  • nitroso is meant an -NO group.
  • oxy is meant -0-.
  • perfluoroalkyl an alkyl group, as defined herein, having each hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • exemplary perfluoroalkyl groups include
  • perfluoroalkylene is meant an alkylene group, as defined herein, having each hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • exemplary perfluoroalkylene groups include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, etc.
  • perfluoroalkyleneoxy is meant a perfluoroalkylene group, as defined herein, having an oxy group attached to either end of the perfluoroalkylene group.
  • exemplary perfluoroalkylene groups include, e.g., -OC f F 2 f - or -C f F 2f O- where f is an integer from about 1 to 5, and 2f is an integer that is 2 times f (e.g., difluoromethyleneoxy,
  • perfluoroalkoxy is meant an alkoxy group, as defined herein, having each hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • phosphine is meant a -PR L3 - group, where R L3 is H or optionally substituted alkyl.
  • phosphono is meant a -P(0)(OH) 2 group.
  • phosphonoyl is meant a -P(0)H- group.
  • phosphoric ester is meant a -0-PO(OH) 2 group.
  • phosphoryl is meant a -P(0) ⁇ group.
  • protecting group any group intended to protect a reactive group against undesirable synthetic reactions. Commonly used protecting groups are disclosed in
  • O-protecting groups include an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., forming an ether with reactive group O), such as methyl, methoxy methyl, methylthiomethyl, benzoyloxymethyl, t-butoxy methyl, etc.; an optionally substituted alkanoyl group (e.g., forming an ester with the reactive group O), such as formyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, fluoroacetyl (e.g., perfluoroacetyl), methoxyacetyl, pivaloyl, t-butyl acetyl, phenoxyacetyl, etc.; an optionally substituted aryloyl group (e.g., forming an ester with the reactive group O), such as -C(0)-Ar, including benzoyl; an optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., forming an alkyl sulfonate with reactive group O
  • R is optionally substituted C 4 .
  • 18 aryl such as tosyl or phenyl sulfonyl; an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., forming a carbonate with reactive group O), such as -C(0)-OR T1 , where R T1 is optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • 18 aryl such as methoxycarbonyl, methoxymethylcarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), or benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); or an optionally substituted silyl group (e.g., forming a silyl ether with reactive group O), such as -Si-(R ) 3 , where each R is, independently, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • 18 aryl such as trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, or t-butyldiphenylsilyl.
  • N-protecting groups include, e.g., formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, alanyl, phenylsulfonyl, benzyl, Boc, and Cbz.
  • Such protecting groups can employ any useful reagent to cleave the protecting group, thereby restoring the reactivity of the unprotected reactive group.
  • salt is meant an ionic form of a compound or structure (e.g., any formulas, compounds, or compositions described herein), which includes a cation or anion compound to form an electrically neutral compound or structure.
  • Salts are well known in the art. For example, non-toxic salts are described in Berge SM et al., "Pharmaceutical salts,” J. Pharm. Sci. 1977 Jan;66(l): l-19; and in “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use,” Wiley-VCH, Apr. 2011 (2nd rev. ed., eds. P.H. Stahl and C.G. Wermuth.
  • the salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or separately by reacting the free base group with a suitable organic acid (thereby producing an anionic salt) or by reacting the acid group with a suitable metal or organic salt (thereby producing a cationic salt).
  • suitable organic acid thereby producing an anionic salt
  • suitable metal or organic salt thereby producing a cationic salt
  • Representative anionic salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, chloride, citrate,
  • cationic salts include metal salts, such as alkali or alkaline earth salts, e.g., barium, calcium (e.g., calcium edetate), lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, and the like; other metal salts, such as aluminum, bismuth, iron, and zinc; as well as ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, pyridinium, and the like.
  • Other cationic salts include organic salts, such as chloroprocaine, choline, dibenzylethylenediamine,
  • cationic groups include imidazolium, benzimidazolium, amidinium, guanidinium, phosphazinium, phosphazenium, pyridinium, etc., as well as other cationic groups described herein.
  • spirocyclyl is meant an alkylene diradical, both ends of which are bonded to the same carbon atom of the parent group to form a spirocyclyl group and also a heteroalkylene diradical, both ends of which are bonded to the same atom.
  • sulfinyl is meant an -S(O)- group.
  • sulfo is meant an -S(0) 2 OH group.
  • sulfone is meant R'-S(0) 2 -R", where R' and R" is an organic moiety.
  • R' and R" include, independently, optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, alkheterocyclyl, alkcycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,
  • alkoxycarbonyl alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkyl sulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aryloyl, arylsulfonyl,
  • arylsulfonylalkyl azidoalkyl, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyaldehydealkyl, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyloxy,
  • heterocyclyloyl hydroxyalkyl, nitroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, spirocyclyl, thioalkaryl, thioalkheterocyclyl, or thioalkoxy, as defined herein.
  • the sulfone can be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • the sulfone can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl and/or aryl.
  • sulfonyl is meant an -S(0) 2 - group.
  • sulfonamide is meant an -S(0) 2 - R - or an— NR -S(0) 2 — group, in which R Li is any useful moiety.
  • R L3 groups include H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo.
  • thioalkaryl is meant a thioalkoxy group, as defined herein, substituted with an aryl group, as defined herein.
  • thioalkheterocyclyl is meant a thioalkoxy group, as defined herein, substituted with a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • thioalkoxy is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through a sulfur atom.
  • exemplary unsubstituted thioalkoxy groups include Ci-6 thioalkoxy.
  • thioamido is meant -C(S) R N1 R N2 , where each of R N1 and R N2 is,
  • thiol is meant an -SH group.
  • trimer is meant an -OS0 2 -CF 3 or -OTf group.
  • triflimide is meant an -N(S0 2 -CF 3 ) 2 or -NTf 2 group.
  • trifyl or "Tf is meant an -S0 2 -CF 3 group.
  • attachment any covalent or non-covalent bonding interaction between two components.
  • Non-covalent bonding interactions include, without limitation, hydrogen bonding, ionic interactions, halogen bonding, electrostatic interactions, ⁇ bond interactions, hydrophobic interactions, inclusion complexes, clathration, van der Waals interactions, and combinations thereof.
  • top As used herein, the terms “top,” “bottom,” “upper,” “lower,” “above,” and “below” are used to provide a relative relationship between structures. The use of these terms does not indicate or require that a particular structure must be located at a particular location in the apparatus.
  • FIG. 1A-1B shows exemplary structures having formula (II) or (IIA).
  • Each of initial polymer structures having formula (IA) or (IB) can then be reacted with one or more cationic moieties (R A or R A ) to provide a polymer structure having formula (II).
  • the initial polymer structure having formula (IB) can be reacted with one or more precursor cationic moieties (R A* ), which in turn can be reacted (e.g., with one or more alkylating reagents, such as R 7 -X R ) to provide a cationic moiety (R A ) bearing a positive charge.
  • R A precursor cationic moieties
  • R AIA alkylating reagents, such as R 7 -X R
  • (B) a structure having formula (IIA), in which pendent aiyl groups (labeled Arl to Ar6), backbone aiyl groups (labeled Ar7 to Ar9), and aiyl groups configured to support a cationic moiety R A or a cationic functionality R A1 (labeled A ).
  • FIG. 2A-2B shows schematics of exemplary polymer structures having one or more cationic moieties (R A ).
  • exemplary polymer structures A) having formulas (Ila) to (Ilf) and (B) having formulas (Ilg) to (Ilj).
  • FIG. 3A-3C shows schematics of exemplary reagents having one or more reactive end groups (e.g., R L or an aiyl group including R H ).
  • exemplary reagent structures A) having formula (III), (B) having formula (Ilia) or (Illb), and (C) having formula (IIIc) or (Hid).
  • FIG. 4A-4C shows schematics of exemplary copolymer structures having a first segment, a linking segment, and a second segment.
  • exemplary polymer structures A) having formula (IV), (B) having formula (V), and (C) having formula (Va).
  • FIG. 5A-5B shows schematics of exemplary polymer structures having one or more cationic moieties (R A ), which in turn includes an aiyl group Ar A .
  • exemplary polymer structures A) having formulas (Ilk) to (Hp) that include a linker (L A ) and an aiyl group (Ar A ) having one or more cationic functionalities, in which a is an integer; and (B) having formulas (Ilq) and (Ilr) that include a phenyl group, one more cationic functionalities (R A1 ), and a linker (L A1 ) connecting R A1 to the parent phenyl group, in which each of a and al is, independently, an integer.
  • FIG. 6A-6B shows schematics of further exemplary polymer structures including one more cationic functionalities (R A1 ) and a linker (L A1 ), in which al is an integer.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic of an exemplary reaction scheme to provide polymer structures with one or more cationic moieties including an alkylated guanidinium moiety. In this scheme, the aryl group is first installed on the DAPP structure, and then the precursor cationic moiety is installed.
  • F-labeled DAPP Diels- Alder poly(phenylene) polymer
  • a reagent including an aryl group e.g., Ar-C(0)-X, such as (F)-Phe-C(O)-Cl
  • R H reactive handles
  • the reactive DAPP is reacted with a precursor cationic moiety (e.g., a guanidine reagent, such as 1, 1,3,3-tetramethyl guanidine) to produce guanidine DAPP, which in turn is reacted with a reagent (e.g., an alkylating reagent R 7 X) to form a guanidinium DAPP (11-11) having two cationic moieties.
  • a precursor cationic moiety e.g., a guanidine reagent, such as 1, 1,3,3-tetramethyl guanidine
  • a reagent e.g., an alkylating reagent R 7 X
  • an optional anion exchange reaction can be conducted to form a guanidinium DAPP (11-12) having an anionic moiety B.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic of another exemplary reaction scheme to provide polymer structures with one or more cationic moieties including an alkylated guanidinium moiety.
  • the aryl group and the precursor cationic moiety is installed at the same time.
  • DAPP Diels- Alder poly(phenylene) polymer
  • a reactive handle e.g., a handle including a sulfonyl group, such as -SO 2 CI
  • this structure is reacted with an aryl group further including a precursor cationic moiety (e.g., an aryl guanidine reagent) to produce guanidine DAPP, which in turn is reacted with a reagent (e.g., an alkylating reagent R 7 X) to form a guanidinium DAPP (11-13) having three cationic moieties.
  • a precursor cationic moiety e.g., an aryl guanidine reagent
  • a reagent e.g., an alkylating reagent R 7 X
  • an anion exchange reaction can be conducted to form a DAPP having an anionic moiety B (e.g., any described herein).
  • the present invention relates to polymer structures having various cationic moieties
  • such cationic moieties R A can include an aryl group Ar A (e.g., an uncharged, optionally substituted aryl group) attached to one or more cationic functionalities R A1 , which bear a cationic charge.
  • the cationic moiety R A itself can be a cationically charged, optionally substituted aryl group. Described herein are structures for such polymers having cationic moieties, as well as methods for making and functionalizing such polymers.
  • the present invention encompasses polymers, including copolymers.
  • Exemplary polymer include any described herein, such as non-limiting generic structure provided in formulas (II), (IIA), (Ila), (lib), (lie), (lid), (He), (Ilf), (Hg), (Hh), (Hi), (Ilj), (Ilk), (III), (Ilm), (Iln), (IIo), (Hp), (Ilq), (Ilr), (lis), (lit), (IIu), (IIv), (IIw), (IIx), (III), (Ilia), (Illb), (IIIc), (Hid), (IV), (V), and (Va), as well as particular structures provided as structures
  • salts thereof e.g., anionic salts thereof, such as halide (e.g., chloride), sulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, carbonate, bicarbonate, hypochlorite, perchlorate, chlorate, phosphate, monohydrogen phosphate, acetate, formate, oxalate, etc.) or forms thereof including a counter ion (e.g., hydroxide).
  • halide e.g., chloride
  • a counter ion e.g., hydroxide
  • formulas (III), (Ilia), (Illb), (IIIc), (Hid), (V), and (Va) are considered to be reagents having one or more reactive end groups.
  • Formula (IV) is considered to be a copolymer.
  • the copolymer of the invention includes a first segment, a second segment, and at least one linking segment connecting at least one first segment with at least one second segment.
  • the second segment can be a hydrophilic segment or a hydrophobic segment.
  • the first segment can include at least one cationic moiety R A .
  • a polymer includes the structure of formula (II), including salts thereof.
  • formula (II) is a generic structure encompassing other structures (e.g., formula (Ha)).
  • the polymer can include any useful number of cationic moieties R A disposed on pendent aryl groups and/or backbone aryl groups.
  • the polymer can include any useful type of cationic moieties (e.g., cationic moieties R A or cationic
  • an initial DAPP polymer having formula (IA) can include one or more pendent substituents R 3 and backbone substituents R 1 . Then, one or more cationic moieties R A can be installed on the pendent and/or backbone groups of the DAPP polymer to provide formula (II). In another instance, one or more reactive handles R H are installed on one or more pendent or backbone groups of the DAPP polymer to provide a further polymer having formula (IB).
  • this further polymer (IB) can be reacted with reagents having one or more cationic moieties R A , in which R A is -R H* -R A , where R H* is derived from R H and is formed after reacting with R A .
  • polymer (IB) is reacted with a precursor cationic moiety R to form a polymer having formula (IC).
  • the R A* can be reacted with an alkylating reagent (e.g., R 7 -X R ) to form a moiety having a cationic charge, in which R A is -R A* -R 7 , where R is derived from R and is formed after reacting with R .
  • the precursor cationic moiety R A* includes a tertiary amine, and use of an alkylating reagent forms a moiety including a quaternary amine that has a cationic charge. Accordingly, any useful synthetic scheme can be employed to install cationic moieties or precursor cationic moieties on the DAPP polymers.
  • FIG. IB provides structural characteristics of an exemplary polymer of the invention.
  • formula (IIA) includes various aryl groups.
  • the pendent aryl groups are labeled Arl to Ar6, and the backbone aryl groups are labeled Ar7 to Ar9.
  • the polymer includes further aryl groups Ar A connected to the pendent and/or backbone aryl groups (e.g., by way of one or more linkers L A ), where Ar A is an optionally substituted aryl group including one or more cationic functionalities or cationic moieties.
  • Ar A is substituted with one or more -L A1 -R A1 , in which L A1 is a linker and R A1 is a cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein).
  • Ar A includes a cationic moiety R A (e.g., any described herein).
  • the polymer can include any useful type of pendent substituents (e.g., pendent substituents R A and/or R 3 ), as well as any useful number of such substituents on each aryl group (e.g., a substituents for R A and/or q substituents for R 3 , where each of a and q is, independently, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
  • pendent substituents e.g., pendent substituents R A and/or R 3
  • any useful number of such substituents on each aryl group e.g., a substituents for R A and/or q substituents for R 3 , where each of a and q is, independently, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.
  • each R 3 is,
  • a cationic moiety R A
  • a precursor cationic moiety R A*
  • R A a precursor cationic moiety
  • R A1 a precursor cationic functionality
  • R A1* a precursor cationic functionality
  • R H a reactive handle
  • an acidic moiety e.g., R s , R p , R c , or any described herein
  • an electron-withdrawing moiety e.g., R F or any described herein
  • an inert substituent e.g., H, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, etc.
  • each and every R 3 is, independently, R A , R A* , R A1 , R A1* , R H , R s , R P , R c , or R F .
  • fully substituted pendent groups e.g., R 3 is not H
  • R 3 can provide polymers with enhanced proton conduction and durability characteristics.
  • the polymer can also include any useful backbone structure.
  • the backbone includes three groups, i.e., two R ⁇ substituted aryl groups and a bridging group Ar L optionally including a cationic moiety R A .
  • the polymer can include any useful type of backbone substituents (e.g., backbone substituents R 1 or R A disposed on a backbone aryl group), as well as any useful number of such substituents on each group (e.g., a substituents for R A and/or q substituents for R 1 , where each of a and q is, independently, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
  • each R 1 is, independently, a cationic moiety (R A ), a precursor cationic moiety (R A* ), a cationic functionality (R A1 ), a precursor cationic functionality (R A1* ), a reactive handle (R H ), an acidic moiety (e.g., R s , R P , R c , or any described herein), an electron-withdrawing moiety (e.g., R F or any described herein), or an inert substituent (e.g., H, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, etc.).
  • each and every R 1 is, independently, R A , R A* , R H , R s , R p , R c , or R F .
  • Each of bridging group Ar L and connecting group Ar M can be any useful bivalent linker.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, includes an optionally substituted arylene group.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, an optionally substituted arylene group.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 R A substituent(s), R A* substituent(s), R A1 substituent(s), R A1* substituent(s), R H substituent(s), R s substituent(s), R P substituent(s),
  • exemplary labels include a detectable label, such as an MR label (e.g., fluorine, such as 19 F; nitrogen, e.g., 15 N; or oxygen, e.g., 17 0), a spin label, an isotopic label, a mass label, a fluorescent label, a dye, etc.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, configured to reduce meta linkages.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, a bivalent linker formed by removing a hydrogen atom from opposite faces of an aryl group.
  • linkers include 1,4-benzenediyl (or 1,4-phenylene), 2,7-phenanthrylene (or 2,7-phenanthrenediyl), 1,5-naphthylene (or 1,5-napthalenediyl), etc.
  • the polymer can include a structure of Formula (lid) having Ar L as a R ⁇ substituted
  • a polymer can include any useful number of structures of formula (II).
  • the polymer includes m structures, where m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000 (e.g., 1 to 500).
  • Cationic moieties R A can be present on the same polymer or on the same segment of the polymer with any other different type of substitutions, e.g., R H substitutions, acidic
  • substitutions e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof, and/or R
  • cationic moieties could be installed in a strategic manner to provide resonance-stabilized cationic groups capable of binding and transporting anions.
  • acidic moieties and electron- withdrawing moieties could provide orthogonal chemistries to control and optimize performance (e.g., by employing acidic moieties to control ion conduction) and durability (e.g., by employing
  • a reactive handle R H allows the polymer to be further functionalized (e.g., with one or more functional groups, which can be any groups described herein, including those described for R A , R A* , R A1 , R A1* , R s , R p , R c , and/or R F ).
  • each pendent aryl group is substituted with an R A , an R A* , an R A1 , an R A1* , an R H , an R s , an R p , an R c , and/or an R F .
  • one or more backbone aryl groups can be further substituted with an R A , an R A* , an R A1 , an R A1* , an R H , an R s , an R p , an R c , and/or an R F .
  • formulas (Ila) to (Ilf) provide polymers having various combinations of structures for the bridging group Ar L and the connecting group Ar M , as well as having various substitution patterns including an a number of R A groups.
  • formula (Ila) includes a connecting group Ar M ;
  • formula (lib) includes a connecting group that is a R 2 - substituted 1,4-phenylene group;
  • formula (lie) includes a connecting group that
  • formula (lid) includes a bridging group that is a R ⁇ substituted 1,4-phenylene group and a connecting group that is a R 2 - substituted 1,4-phenylene group;
  • formula (He) includes a bridging group that is a R 1 -
  • formula (Ilf) includes a bridging group that is a R ⁇ substituted 1,4-phenylene group, a connecting group that is a
  • R -substituted 1,4-phenylene group and a substitution pattern including exclusively R or R on the pendent aryl groups.
  • formulas (Ilg) to (Ilj) provide polymers having various R A substituents on pendent aryl groups, bridging group, and/or connecting group.
  • formula (Ilg) provides a polymer having R A substituents on some of the pendent aryl groups but R 2 substituents on the connecting group
  • formula (Ilh) provides a polymer having R A substituents on both the pendent aryl groups and the connecting group.
  • formulas (Ilg) to (Ilj) provide polymers having various levels of R A substitution.
  • formulas (Ilg) and (Ilh) include R A substituents on three of the pendent aryl groups.
  • formula (Hi) includes R A substituents on all pendent and backbone aryl groups
  • formula (Ilj) includes R A substituents on all pendent aryl groups.
  • the present invention encompasses any useful substitution pattern of one or more R A substituents on pendent, backbone, bridging, and/or connecting aryl groups.
  • the present invention also includes reagents having any useful polymer segment described herein.
  • the reagent can include a polymer segment disposed between two reactive end groups, where each end group can be the same or different.
  • the polymer segment can be any described herein (e.g., a structure provided in formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (lie), (lid), (He), (Ilf), (Ilg), (Hh), (Hi), (Ilj), (Ilk), (III), (Urn), (Iln), (IIo), (Hp), (Ilq), (Ilr), (lis), (lit), (IIu), (IIv), (IIw), and (IIx), as well as particular structures provided as structures (II-l), (II-2), (II-3), (II-4), (II-5), (II-6), (II-7), (II-8), (II-9), (11-10), (11-11), (11-12), and (11-13), as
  • a sublink L' can be present between the polymer segment and a reactive end group.
  • the sublink L' can be composed of any useful linkage, such as any described herein (e.g., those described for linking segment L or L A ).
  • the reactive end group can be any useful group configured to react with a second reactive end group.
  • ordered copolymer block structures can be synthesized by selectively placing reactive end groups on the ends of blocks or segments to form polymer reagents, and then reacting that polymer reagent to place the segments in an end-to-end fashion in the copolymer.
  • a skilled artisan would understand how to place reactive end groups in a polymer reagent in order to form a copolymer with the desired configuration or order.
  • the reactive end group R L is usually placed on the ends of a first polymer reagent, as well as on the ends of the second polymer reagent. Then, a first reactive end group on the first polymer reagent reacts with the second reactive end group on a second polymer reagent.
  • the first and second reactive end groups can be chosen from a pair of co-reactive groups.
  • pairs of co-reactive groups include (i) a nucleophile for use with (ii) an electrophile; (i) an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., having a -C(0)R !
  • R 1 is an aryl group having one or more halo
  • R 1 is an aryl group having one or more halo
  • an optionally substituted aryl group e.g., having a -OR Pr group, where R Pr is H or an O-protecting group that can be deprotected prior to conducting a reaction
  • an optionally substituted aryl group e.g., having a - C(0)R !
  • R 1 is an aryl group having one or more halo
  • an optionally substituted alkoxy group e.g., such as -OR Pr , where R Pr is H or an O-protecting group that can be deprotected prior to conducting a reaction
  • an optionally substituted aryl group for use with (ii) an optionally substituted alkoxy group e.g., such as -OR Pr , where R Pr is H or an O-protecting group that can be deprotected prior to conducting a reaction
  • an optionally substituted alkynyl group for use with (ii) an optionally substituted azido group, which can participate in a Huisgen 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition reaction; as well as (i) an optionally substituted diene having a 4 ⁇ electron system for use with (ii) an optionally substituted dienophile or an optionally substituted heterodienophile having a 2 ⁇ electron system, which can
  • polymer reagent (III) includes a two reactive end groups R L with a polymer segment (in brackets) placed between the reactive end groups.
  • the optional sublink L' is located between the polymer segment and one of the reactive end groups.
  • the polymer segment is that of formula (II), but any formula or structure herein can be employed for this polymer segment.
  • exemplary polymer reagents are provided as structure (Ilia) to (Hid) in FIG. 3B-3C.
  • exemplary reagents include a polymer having structure (Ilia) to (Hid),
  • the present invention also includes copolymers.
  • the copolymer includes the structure of formula (IV), including salts thereof or forms thereof including a counter ion.
  • formula (IV) is a generic structure. Similar to formula (II) described above, the copolymer structure includes R A -substituted pendent and/or backbone aryl groups, backbone substituents R 1 , pendent substituents R 3 , bridging group Ar L , connecting group Ar M , and m units.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, an optionally substituted phenylene.
  • each of Ar L and Ar M is, independently, an optionally substituted 1,4-phenylene, e.g., Ar L as a R 1 - substituted 1,4-phenylene and/or Ar ⁇ 1 as an R 2 -substituted 1,4-phenylene.
  • FIG. 4B provides formula (V), which is another generic structure including a first segment, a linking segment, a second segment, and two reactive end groups R L .
  • the first segment can be any described herein (e.g., a structure having formula (II)).
  • the reactive end group R L can be any described herein.
  • the structure of formula (Va) includes a reactive end group R L that is an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., an aryl group having h number of R H groups).
  • Formulas (IV) and (V) also include additional groups, including a linking segment L and a second segment Ar * of n units.
  • the linking segment L can be any useful linkage (e.g., any herein), including those to form a covalent bond between the two segments.
  • the linking segment includes those composed of structures, or a portion of such structures, in the first segment and/or the second segment.
  • Exemplary linking segments L include a covalent bond, an optionally substituted alkylene, an optionally substituted heteroalkylene, an optionally substituted alkyleneoxy, an optionally substituted
  • heteroalkyleneoxy an optionally substituted arylene, an optionally substituted aryleneoxy, an Ar * unit, or a structure of formula (II).
  • Ar * includes a structure of formula (II) (e.g., where each R 3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, R A , R A* , R A1 , R A1* , R F , R s , and/or R p substituents); a
  • hydrophobic subunit a sulfone subunit (e.g., a subunit including an -S0 2 - group); an arylene sulfone subunit (e.g.,-(Ar) a -S0 2 -(Ar) b - where Ar is an optionally substituted arylene group, as defined herein, and each a and b is an integer of about 0 to 10 and at least one of a or b is 1 or more); an ether sulfone subunit (e.g., -(X 1 ) a -S0 2 -(X 2 ) b -0- or -X 1 -0-X 2 -S0 2 -, where each X 1 and X 2 is, independently, any useful group, such as optionally substituted arylene or optionally substituted alkylene, and each a and b is an integer of about 0 to 10 and at least one of a or b is 1 or more); an arylene
  • formulas (IV) and (V) include a second segment Ar * that is a hydrophobic segment.
  • the second segment Ar * is a hydrophobic segment having one or more electron-withdrawing moieties (e.g., R F ).
  • R F electron-withdrawing moieties
  • each pendent aryl group in the polymer or a segment thereof is substituted with an R F substitution, where each substitution may be the same or different.
  • both pendent and backbone aryl groups are each, independently, substituted with an R F substitution.
  • formulas (IV) and (V) include a second segment Ar * that is a hydrophilic segment.
  • the second segment Ar * is a hydrophilic segment that includes the two R ⁇ substituted aryl groups and a bridging group Ar L .
  • at least one substituent in this hydrophilic segment e.g., substituents R 1 , R 2 , or R 3
  • is a hydrophilic moiety e.g., a cationic moiety R A , an acidic moiety, such as any
  • the hydrophilic segment includes one or more cationic
  • moieties R , acidic moieties (e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof) on only the pendent aryl groups.
  • acidic moieties e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof
  • exemplary hydrophilic segments include those having
  • a copolymer can include any useful number or ratio of first and second segments (e.g., hydrophilic and hydrophobic segments).
  • formulas (IV) and (V) include m number of first segments (e.g., hydrophilic segments) and n number of second segments (e.g., hydrophobic segments), where each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000.
  • the m (the number of first segments) is minimized in order to minimize swelling of the copolymer. For example, in some instances, m ⁇ n. In other instance, n is at least about 5 times greater than m (e.g., n is about 10 times greater than m, or n is about 20 times greater than m).
  • m is of from about 1 to 100, and n is of from about 5 to 500 (e.g., m is of from about 1 to 50, and n is of from about 5 to 500; m is of from about 1 to 50, and n is of from about 10 to 100; m is of from about 1 to 10, and n is of from about 5 to 500; m is of from about 1 to 20, and n is of from about 20 to 400; and m is of from about 1 to 10, and n is of from about 100 to 200).
  • m can be about 5.6 and n can be about 60.7 or 121.4.
  • m is of from about 1 to 20, and n is of from about 20 to 400.
  • each and every R 1 can be independently, R A , R A* , R A1 , R A1* , R H , R s , R p , R c , and/or R F .
  • each aryl group in the polymer or a segment thereof is substituted with an R A , an R A* , an R A1 , an R A1* , an R H , an R s , an R p , and/or an R c substitution, where each substitution may be the same or different.
  • Cationic moieties R A can be present on the same polymer or on the same segment of the polymer with any other different type of substitutions,
  • R substitutions e.g., R substitutions, acidic substitutions (e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof), and R F substitutions.
  • R substitutions e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof
  • R F substitutions e.g.
  • electron-withdrawing moieties could provide orthogonal chemistries to control and optimize performance (e.g., by employing acidic moieties to control ion conduction) and durability (e.g., by employing electron- withdrawing moieties to reduce oxidation).
  • a reactive handle R H allows the polymer to be further functionalized (e.g., with one or more functional groups R A , R A* , R A1 , R A1* , R s , R p , R c , and/or R F ).
  • each pendent aryl group is substituted with an R A , an R A* , an R A1 , an R A1* , an R H , an R s , an
  • one or more backbone aryl groups can be further substituted with an R A , an R A* , an R A1 , an R A1* , an R H , an R s , an R p , an R c , and/or an R F .
  • the polymers herein include the use of a cationic moiety that provides a substructure to support a cationic functionality, in which this cationic functionality actually includes a cationic charge.
  • a cationic moiety can include an optionally substituted phenyl group including a cationic functionality that is a quaternary ammonium (e.g., - H 3 + ) supporting a cationic charge.
  • R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino (e.g., any described herein)); a phosphonium derivative (e.g., -PR P1 R P2 R P3 or - R N1 PR P1 R P2 R P3 , where R N1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl, and where each of R P1 and R P2 and R P3 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino (e.g., any described herein)); a phosphonium derivative (e.g., -PR P1 R P2 R P3 or - R N1 PR P1 R P2 R P3 , where R N1 is H
  • the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety includes or is a heterocyclyl having a cationic charge.
  • exemplary cationic functionalities or cationic moieties include an optionally substituted isoxazolium, optionally substituted oxazolium, optionally substituted thiazolium, optionally substituted pyrrolium, optionally substituted furanium, optionally substituted thiophenium, optionally substituted imidazolium, optionally substituted pyrazolium, optionally substituted isothiazolium, optionally substituted triazolium, optionally substituted tetrazolium, optionally substituted furazanium, optionally substituted pyridinium, optionally substituted pyrimidinium, optionally substituted pyrazinium, optionally substituted triazinium, optionally substituted tetrazinium, optionally substituted pyridazinium, optionally substituted oxazinium, optionally substituted
  • pyrrolidinium optionally substituted pyrazolidinium, optionally substituted imidazolinium, optionally substituted isoxazolidinium, optionally substituted oxazolidinium, optionally substituted piperazinium, optionally substituted piperidinium, optionally substituted morpholinium, optionally substituted azepanium, optionally substituted azepinium, optionally substituted indolium, optionally substituted isoindolium, optionally substituted indolizinium, optionally substituted indazolium, optionally substituted benzimidazolium, optionally substituted isoquinolinum, optionally substituted quinolizinium, optionally substituted dehydroquinolizinium, optionally substituted quinolinium, optionally substituted
  • isoindolinium optionally substituted benzimidazolinium, and optionally substituted purinium, or salts thereof (e.g., anionic salts thereof).
  • the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety is selected from the roup consisting of:
  • each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , and R N4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 . 12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted
  • each of R a5 , R a6 , R a7 , R a8 , R a9 , R al °, R al1 , and R al2 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted alkyl, where a
  • each of a 5 , a 6 , a 7 , a 8 , a% and a 10 is, independently, C, N, O, or S, in which at least one of a 5 , a 6 , a 7 , a 8 , and a 9 within a five- membered ring is N, O, or S and at least one of a 5 , a 6 , a 7 , a 8 , a% and a 10 within a six- membered ring is N, O, or S.
  • the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety includes or is a cationic heteroaryl group.
  • each of R a5 , R a6 , a 7 , R a8 , R a9 , R al °, R al1 , and R al2 is, independently, any functional group described herein for
  • the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety is selected from the group consisting of: and
  • each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , and R N4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 .
  • atoms may be employed to support a cationic charge (e.g., other atoms such as phosphorous or sulfur).
  • the cationic functionality or cationic moiety may include a phosphazenium derivative.
  • the cationic functionality or the cationic moiet is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , R N4 , R N5 , R N6 , R N7 , R N8 , R N9 , R N1 °, and R NU is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C 4 .
  • 18 aryloxy where a combination of R N1 and R N2 , a combination of R N1 and R N3 , a combination of R N1 and R N4 , a combination of R N3 and R N4 or a combination of R N5 and R N6 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group.
  • the cationic functionality or cationic moiety may include a sulfur-containing derivative (e.g., a sulfonium derivative or a sulfoxonium derivative).
  • the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety is selected from the group consisting of:
  • each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , R N4 , and R N7 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 .
  • the cationic moiety R A includes -L A -Ar A , in which Ar A is an optionally substituted aryl.
  • L A is any useful covalent bond or any useful linker (e.g., any described herein).
  • Ar A includes one or more cationic functionalities (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative) and can further be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
  • cationic functionalities e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxon
  • FIG. 5A provides exemplary polymers having a structure that includes an R A substituent that is -L A -Ar A .
  • the polymer can include one or more a number of R A that is -L A -Ar A .
  • the Ar A aryl-containing R A substituent is installed on each aryl group of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Ilk)).
  • the Ar A aryl-containing R A substituent is installed on each pendent aryl group of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (III)).
  • the Ar A aryl-containing R A substituent is installed on three pendent aryl groups of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Ilm)). In other embodiments, the Ar A aryl- containing R A substituent is installed on two pendent aryl groups of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Iln)).
  • the R A substituent can be installed at any position on the pendent aryl groups or the connecting aryl group.
  • the Ar A aryl-containing R A substituent is installed para to the parent pendent aryl group.
  • the polymer includes -L A -Ar A substituents that are installed para to the other bond that attaches the pendent aryl group (substituted with R 3 substituents) or the connecting group Ar M to the backbone aryl group (substituted with R 1 substituents).
  • the Ar A aryl-containing R A substituent is -L A -Ar A , in which Ar A is a phenyl group substituted with any number al of -L A1 -R A1 substituents. Furthermore, any number a of such R A substituents can be installed on each aryl group.
  • R A1 can be any useful substituent including a cationic charge, such as a cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative).
  • a cationic charge such as a cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative).
  • a cationic functionality e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (
  • the R A1 substituent is installed on three pendent aryl groups of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Ilq) with further R 4 substituents on the Ar A group, or as in a structure having formula (Ilr) lacking R 4 substituents).
  • the R A1 substituent is installed on each pendent aryl group.
  • the L A linkage connects the pendent aryl group to the Ar A group in a para manner on all six pendent aryl groups of the polymer, and the L A1 linker connects the R A1 substituents to the Ar A group in a para manner (e.g., as in a structure having formula (lis) or formula (lit)).
  • a precursor cationic moiety includes a non-ionized version of any cationic moiety.
  • a precursor cationic functionality includes a non-ionized version of any cationic functionality described herein. For instance, if the cationic moiety or the cationic functionality includes a guanidinium derivative (including a quaternary amino), then the counterpart precursor cationic moiety or functionality includes a guanidine derivative
  • a phosphine derivative e.g., any phosphine derivative that can be functionalized to carry a charge, thereby providing a phosphonium derivative (e.g., such as by reacting the phosphine derivative with an alkylating reagent R 1 -X R or R P3 -X L , in which R 1 , R P3 , X R , and X L are any described herein), where exemplary phosphine derivatives include -PR P1 R P2 or - R N1 PR P1 R P2 , where R N1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl, and where each of R P1 and R P2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino
  • alkylene e.g., -(CR R ) La -, where each of R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo
  • Ci-i 2 optionally substituted Ci-i 2
  • alkyleneoxy optionally substituted C 1 . 12 heteroalkylene (e.g.,-C(0) R L3 -, - R L3 C(0)- -(CR L1 R L2 ) ia -C(0)-(CR L1 R L2 )a-, -(CR L1 R L2 ) ia -S0 2 -(CR L1 R L2 ) i3 ⁇ 4 -
  • C 1 . 12 heteroalkylene e.g.,-C(0) R L3 -, - R L3 C(0)- -(CR L1 R L2 ) ia -C(0)-(CR L1 R L2 )a-, -(CR L1 R L2 ) ia -S0 2 -(CR L1 R L2 ) i3 ⁇ 4 -
  • R L1 , R L2 , and R L3 is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4-18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci -6 alk-C 4- i 8 aryl; and where each of La and Lb is,
  • R A include -C(0)-Ar A , in which Ar A is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., a phenyl group substituted with one or more R A substituents and optionally substituted with additional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.).
  • Ar A is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., a phenyl group substituted with one or more R A substituents and optionally substituted with additional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.).
  • R A includes -C(0)-Ph, in which Ph is substituted with al number of R A1 , where al is an integer of from 1 to 5), and where R A1 is selected from any cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative).
  • any cationic functionality e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative).
  • FIG. 6A shows an exemplary cationic moiety R A , in which R A1 is located in the para position in relation to the -C(O)- linker of R A .
  • R A1 is located in the para position in relation to the -C(O)- linker of R A .
  • any number of aryl groups in the underlying DAPP can be substituted.
  • each pendent aryl group includes a R A substituent of -C(0)-(p-L A1 -R A1 )-Ph.
  • the connecting group Ar M is substituted (e.g., with one or more R A , such as any herein).
  • the connecting group Ar M can include a label (e.g., halo).
  • any useful number of aryl groups in the polymer can include R A .
  • the polymer of structure ( ⁇ -2) or (II-4) includes three pendent aryl groups, in which each of these pendent groups includes a R A substituent of -C(0)-( -L A1 -R A1 )-Ph.
  • the polymer of structure ( ⁇ -3) includes four pendent aryl groups, in which each of these pendent groups includes a R A substituent of -C(0)-(p-L A1 -R A1 )-Ph.
  • each pendent aryl group is substituted. In other instances, only 2, 3, 4, or 5 of the pendent groups are substituted.
  • the polymer structure can include any useful combination of linkers L A and R A1 substitutions.
  • the linker L A includes -C(O)-.
  • the polymer of structure ( ⁇ -5) or ( ⁇ -7) includes R A substituents including a -C(O)- linker.
  • the linker L A includes -S0 2 -
  • the polymer of structure (II-6) or ( ⁇ -8) includes three R A substituents including a -S0 2 - linker.
  • the polymer can include any number of R A substituents located on a pendent aryl group (e.g., Arl to Ar6) in formula ( ⁇ -9)), a backbone aryl group (e.g., on a pendent aryl group (e.g., Ar7 to Ar9) in formula ( ⁇ -9)), or a connecting group (e.g., ArlO in formula ( ⁇ -9)).
  • the polymer includes a structure having formula ( ⁇ -9) or (11-10), in which linker L A connects the underlying Ar A aryl group at a para position to the pendent aryl group (e.g., Arl).
  • R A , R 1 , and/or R 3 substituents can be present on a particular polymer structure.
  • the number q of R 1 or R 3 substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3).
  • the number a of R A substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3).
  • the number al of R substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3).
  • the present invention includes the use of other functional moieties, such as reactive
  • R handles (e.g., R ), acidic moieties (e.g., R , R , or R ), electron-withdrawing moieties (e.g., R F ), and functional groups. Any number of these functional moieties can be present on the polymer (e.g., the polymer backbone aryl groups and/or pendent aryl groups).
  • Exemplary reactive handles include any useful group, such as H, halo, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, and optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl.
  • at least one R H includes an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., an optionally substituted aryl group including a halo, a haloalkyl, a
  • perfluoroalkyl a hydroxyl, or an alkoxy group
  • the reactive handle R H includes -L H -Ar H or -L H -Ak H , in which Ar H is an optionally substituted aryl and in which Ak H is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted heteroalkyl.
  • L H is any useful covalent bond or any useful linker (e.g., any described herein).
  • Ar H or Ak H is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
  • the Ar H aryl-containing R H substituent is -L H -Ar H , in which Ar H is an R H1 - substituted phenyl group.
  • R H1 can be any useful substituent, such as amino, amido, azido, nitro, nitroso, halo, as well as any described for an aryl group (e.g., substituents (1)- (47) as defined herein for aryl).
  • the Ar H aryl-containing R H substituent is -L H -Ar H , in which L H is a sulfonyl group and in which Ar H is a halo-substituted phenyl group (e.g., pentafluorophenyl, tetrafluorophenyl, trifluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, or monofluorophenyl) .
  • L H is a sulfonyl group
  • Ar H is a halo-substituted phenyl group (e.g., pentafluorophenyl, tetrafluorophenyl, trifluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, or monofluorophenyl) .
  • the Ar aryl-containing R substituent is -L -Ar , in which L H is a carbonyl group and in which Ar H is a halo-substituted phenyl group (e.g., pentafluorophenyl, tetrafluorophenyl, trifluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, or monofluorophenyl
  • L H is a carbonyl group
  • Ar H is a halo-substituted phenyl group (e.g., pentafluorophenyl, tetrafluorophenyl, trifluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, or monofluorophenyl
  • the Ak H alkyl-containing R H substituent is -L H -Ak H , in which Ak H is an R H1 -substituted Ci-alkyl group. Furthermore, any number h of such R H
  • substituents can be installed on each aryl group, and any number hi of -CR H1 R H1 - groups can be present within the R H substituent, in which each R H1 can be the same or different.
  • R H1 can be any useful substituent, such as amino, amido, azido, nitro, nitroso, halo, as well as any described for an aryl group (e.g., substituents (l)-(27) as defined herein for alkyl).
  • the Ak H alkyl-containing R H substituent is -L H -Ak H , in which
  • L H is a carbonyl group and in which Ak H is a halo-substituted alkyl group (e.g.,
  • perfluoroalkyl -(CF 2 ) h iF, -(CH 2 ) h iF, or -(CHF) h iF, in which hi is an integer of from about 1 to about 24).
  • alkylene e.g., -(CR R ) ⁇ a -, where each of R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C 1 .
  • R H include -C(0)-Ar H , in which Ar H is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., optionally substituted phenyl with one or more optional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.).
  • R H includes -C(0)-Ph, in which Ph is substituted with hi number of R H1 , where R H1 is selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc., and where hi is an integer of from 1 to 5).
  • any useful number of aryl groups in the polymer can include R H .
  • each pendent aryl group is substituted. In other instances, only some of the pendent groups are substituted.
  • the number h of R H substituent(s) is of from 0 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 0 to 4, 0 to 3, 0 to 2, 0 to 1, 1 to 5, 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3).
  • each aryl group includes one or more R H .
  • one aryl group includes one or more R H .
  • each pendent aryl group includes one or more R H .
  • one to three pendent aryl groups includes one or more R H .
  • each backbone aryl group or Ar L aryl group includes one or more R H .
  • one backbone aryl group includes one or more R H .
  • each h for each aryl group is the same or different.
  • each backbone aryl group or Ar L aryl group includes one or more
  • each q for each aryl group is the same or different.
  • the number q of R 3 substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3).
  • each pendent aryl group includes one or more R 3 .
  • R H include -S0 2 -Ar H , in which Ar H is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., optionally substituted phenyl with one or more optional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.).
  • R H includes-S0 2 -Ph, in which Ph is substituted with hi number of R H1 , where R H1 is selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc., and where hi is an integer of from 1 to 5).
  • Exemplary acidic moieties include any group having one or more sulfonyl groups, such as sulfo (e.g., -S0 2 -OH), alkylsulfonyl (e.g., -S0 2 -R , where R is optionally substituted C M2 alkyl), alkylsulfonylalkyl (e.g., -R SA -S0 2 -R S1 , where each of R SA is optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and R is optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl), arylsulfonyl (e.g., -SO 2 -R r , where R is optionally substituted C 4 .
  • sulfo e.g., -S0 2 -OH
  • alkylsulfonyl e.g., -S0 2 -R , where R is optionally substituted C M2 alky
  • aryl 18 aryl
  • arylsulfonylalkyl e.g., -R SA -S0 2 -R Ar , where R SA is independently, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl or alkylene and R is optionally substituted C 4 .
  • R N1 and R N2 are, independently, H, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as
  • R is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl; and R is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl.
  • each R and R is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • C 1-12 alkyl e.g., haloalkyl, such as C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl
  • Ci-i 2 alkoxy optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl
  • C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • each R is independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy; each R is, independently, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • each of R is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted Ci-i 2 alkylene, or optionally substituted heteroalkylene; and each of R N1 and R N2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl.
  • C 1-12 alkyl e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl
  • exemplary acidic moieties include any group having one or more phosphoryl groups, such as phosphono (e.g., -P(0)(OH) 2 ), phosphoric ester (e.g.,
  • alkylphosphoryl e.g., -P(0) ⁇ R P1 R P2 , where R P1 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy; and R P2 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • alkylphosphoryl e.g., -P(0) ⁇ R P1 R P2 , where R P1 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy; and R P2 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl
  • substituted phosphonoyl e.g., -P(0)HR P1 , where R P1 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy
  • alkylphosphorylalkyl e.g., -R -P(0) ⁇ R R , where R is optionally substituted C 1 .
  • each of R P1 and R P2 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy), arylphosphoryl (e.g., -P(0) ⁇ R Ar R P2 or -P(0) ⁇ R Ar R Ar , where each R Ar is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk- C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • arylphosphoryl e.g., -P(0) ⁇ R Ar R P2 or -P(0) ⁇ R Ar R Ar , where each R Ar is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk- C 4 . 18
  • R P2 is optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci- 12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy), or arylphosphorylalkyl (e.g., -R PA -P(0) ⁇ R Ar R P2 or -R PA -P(0) ⁇ R Ar R Ar , where R PA is, independently, optionally substituted Ci- 12 alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene; each R is, independently, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 .
  • R P2 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy), where each of these groups can be optionally substituted (e.g., with one or more substituents described for alkyl, as defined herein).
  • each of R P1 and R P2 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C 1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy; each of R is, independently, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alk-C 4 . 18 aryl, or optionally substituted C 4 . 18 aryloxy; and each R PA is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylene, or optionally substituted heteroalkylene.
  • optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl e.g., haloalkyl, such as C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl
  • each of R is, independently, optionally substituted C 4 . 18
  • R is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylene, or optionally substituted heteroalkylene).
  • Exemplary electron- withdrawing moieties include optionally substituted C5-19 or C7-11 aryloyl, optionally substituted C 6 . 18 aryl, carboxyaldehyde, optionally substituted C 2- 7 or C 2 . 13 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci- 12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C 2 -7 or C 2 .
  • R F includes or is substituted by a C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl group.
  • R F is a C 1-12 perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the reactive handles, acidic moieties, electron- withdrawing moieties, and/or functional groups can be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • these groups can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl and/or aryl.
  • aryl groups herein can have any useful configuration, structure, and substitutions.
  • exemplary aryl groups e.g., including arylene groups, such as for Ar 1 , Ar M , and Ar * ) include the following groups, which may be optionally substituted:
  • each of Z, Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 is, independently, -0-, -S-, -S0 2 - optionally substituted Ci-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, -CF 2 - -CH 2 - -OCF 2 - perfluoroalkylene, perfluoroalkyleneoxy, -Si(RV, - ⁇ (0)( ⁇ )-, -PR 1 - -C(O)-, -C(CF 3 ) 2 - -C(CH 3 ) 2 - or -CCF 3 Ph- and where R 1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or phenyl).
  • R 1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally
  • the present invention includes a salt of any polymer described herein, e.g., a salt of any one of formulas (II), (IIA), (Ila), (lib), (lie), (lid), (He), (Ilf), (Hg), (Hh), (Hi), (Ilj), (Ilk), (III), (Ilm), (Iln), (IIo), (IIp), (Ilq), (Ilr), (lis), (lit), (IIu), (IIv), (IIw), (IIx), (III), (Ilia), (Illb), (IIIc), (Hid), (IV), (V), and (Va), as well as particular structures provided as structures (II-l), (II-2), (II-3), (II-4), (II-5), (II-6), (II-7), (II-8), (II-9), (11-10), (11-11), (11-12), and (11-13).
  • the salt is an anis (
  • the cationic moiety R A includes an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., an Ar A group) having a cationic functionality (e.g., an R A1 group).
  • an Ar A group e.g., an Ar A group
  • R A1 group e.g., an R A1 group
  • the polymer of formula (Hi) can be formed by performing a Diels-Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, and then performing a first substitution reaction to introduce R A to the parent structure. These two steps are described in more detail below.
  • a Diels-Alder reaction can be performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenylcyclopentadienone)arylene reagent (1), with an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent (2).
  • This reaction provides a Diels-Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3).
  • DAPP Diels-Alder poly(phenylene) polymer
  • a substitution reaction is performed with reagent R A -X L with the DAPP product (3) to provide a substituted polymer (Hi), where X L is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate) and R A is any described herein (e.g., R A can be -L A -Ar A ).
  • reagent R A -X L includes a cationic charge (e.g., provided by way of a cationic functionality, such as an alkylated quaternary amine).
  • Exemplary reagent R A -X L includes a salt, such as an iminium salt (e.g., a Vilsmeier reagent).
  • the second step is conducted with reagent R A , which upon reaction with the DAPP product (3) forms cationic moiety.
  • Exemplary reagent R A includes an amine (e.g., a substituted amine), a guanidine (e.g., a substituted guanidine), or a heterocyclyl amine.
  • the concentration of R A -X L or R A can be controlled to provide the desired extent of substitution on the DAPP pendent and/or backbone aryl groups.
  • the number a of R A substituents on each aryl group can be controlled by the stoichiometry of reagent R A - X L and (DAPP) (3).
  • concentration can be controlled in order to install R A substituents on readily accessible pendent aryl groups.
  • the reaction can be conducted until completion in order to access the backbone aryl groups, which are sterically more difficult to functionalize.
  • the cationic moiety R A can be installed in any useful manner.
  • the positively charged R A group can be installed directly on the pendent and/or backbone aryl group.
  • a precursor cationic moiety is installed on the pendent and/or backbone aryl group, and this precursor cationic moiety is reacted (e.g., with an alkylating reagent) to thereby provide a positively charged group attached to the DAPP structure.
  • the polymer of formula (Hi) can be formed by performing a Diels-Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, performing a first substitution reaction to introduce the precursor cationic moiety R A* to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R , and optionally performing an anionic salt exchange reaction to introduce anionic moiety B.
  • the first step in Scheme lb includes a Diels-Alder reaction that is performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl
  • the second step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R A* -X L in the presence of the DAPP product (3), thereby providing a substituted polymer (4) bearing a precursor cationic moiety R .
  • reagent R -X X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R A* is any precursor cationic moiety described herein (e.g., any non-ionized, non-charged counterpart of any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein).
  • the third step includes a second substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R 7 -X R in the presence of the substituted polymer (4) to provide the cationic charge on the polymer (5).
  • reagent R 7 -X R X R is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R 7 is any described herein (e.g., an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkaryl, or an optionally substituted aryl).
  • Exemplary reagent R 7 -X R includes an alkylating agent (e.g., a methylating agent), such as an alkyl halide (e.g., CH 3 I), a dialkyl sulfonate, a dialkyl carbonate, an alkyl triflate, a diazo compound (e.g., diazo methane), or an alkyl halosulfonate (e.g., methyl
  • an alkylating agent e.g., a methylating agent
  • the fourth step includes an optional anion exchange reaction, which is performed with reagent AB in the presence of the DAPP product (5) to provide a substituted polymer carrying a different anionic moiety B (Hi).
  • each of integers a, a*, and a ' may be the same of different. For instance, if each reaction step is conducted with 100% efficiency (e.g., with excess reagents and/or lengthy reaction times), then a can equal a ', which can in turn be equal to a*.
  • the polymer of formula (II) can be formed by performing a Diels- Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, performing a first substitution reaction to introduce R 3 to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce R 1 , and performing a final substitution reaction to introduce R A . These four steps are described in more detail below.
  • the first step in Scheme Ila includes a Diels- Alder reaction that is performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl cyclopentadienone)arylene reagent (1), in the presence of an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent (2).
  • This reaction provides a Diels-Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3).
  • the second step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R 3 -X in the presence of the DAPP product (3), thereby providing a substituted polymer (6).
  • reagent R 3 -X X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate) and R 3 is any described herein.
  • the third step includes a second substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R -X in the presence of the substituted polymer (6) to provide the desired polymer of formula (I).
  • reagent R -X X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R 1 is any described herein.
  • the fourth step includes a third substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R A -X L in the presence of the substituted polymer (I) to provide a further substituted polymer (II).
  • reagent R A -X L X L is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R A is any described herein (e.g., R A can be -L A -Ar A ).
  • the cationic moiety R A can be installed in any useful manner (e.g., in one step or in two steps, such as by using a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety R A* -X L and an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R , such as in Scheme lb).
  • one or more steps may be required to install R 1 or R 3 on the
  • R or R is -SO2- R -R
  • multiple steps may be required to first install the -S0 2 - functional group on the parent molecule.
  • this functional group may be activated (e.g., by forming a sulfonyl halide, such as sulfonyl chloride) and reacted with an amine (e.g., HR N1 -R S2 ).
  • an additional step may be required to install the -R functional group.
  • R 1 or R 3 includes two sulfonyl groups, such as in
  • the method includes installing the first -S0 2 - functional group on the parent molecule and then reacted with a primary amine, such as H 2 R N1 , thereby providing a parent molecule having a -S0 2 - HR N1 sulfonamide group.
  • This sulfonamide can then be reacted with an activated sulfonyl reagent, e.g., a C1-S0 2 -R reagent, where R is an optionally substituted Ci-12 alkyl, thereby providing an R s moiety of -S0 2 - R N1 -S0 2 -R S2' on the polymer.
  • an activated sulfonyl reagent e.g., a C1-S0 2 -R reagent, where R is an optionally substituted Ci-12 alkyl
  • R 1 or R 3 is -R PA -P(0) ⁇ R P1 R P2
  • multiple steps may be required to first install the R PA alkylene or heteroalkylene on the parent molecule, and then to later install the -P(0) ⁇ R P1 R P2 group on the alkylene or heteroalkylene molecule.
  • R P1 or R P2 is an alkoxy or aryloxy group
  • additional step may be required to modify a hydroxyl group attached to the phosphorous atom with an alkoxy or aryloxy group.
  • additional modifications or step can be employed to arrive at the desired structure.
  • R*-X and R 3 -X reagents include HS0 3 C1, H 2 S0 4 , PC1 3 , POCl 3 , H 3 PO 4 , SO 3 , fuming sulfuric acid, thionyl chloride, trimethylsilyl chlorosulfonate, dialkyl phosphites (e.g., diethyl phosphate with an optional catalyst, such as a Pd(0) catalyst), phosphines (e.g., tertiary phosphines), phosphoric acids (e.g., hypophosphorous acids, phosphonic acids, phosphinic acids, etc.), aryl halide (e.g., RX, where R is an optionally substituted aryl group, as defined herein, and X is halo), aryl halide (e.g., RX, where R is an optionally substituted aryloyl group, as defined herein, and X is halo, such as tri
  • an additional anion exchange reaction may be conducted to provide a final product with the desired anionic moiety B (e.g., in which B is different than any leaving group X or X L employed during synthesis of the polymer).
  • Any substitution steps herein e.g., the second, third, and fourth steps in Scheme lid
  • Any substitution steps herein can be performed in any order to obtain the desired substitution pattern.
  • R 3 and R 1 are the same substituents, then only one of the substitution reaction steps can be conducted.
  • the polymer of formula (II) can be formed by performing a Diels- Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, performing a first substitution reaction to introduce R 1 to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce R 3 , and performing a final substitution reaction to introduce R A . These three steps are described in more detail below.
  • the Diels- Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3) in Scheme lib can be formed in any useful manner.
  • a DAPP polymer (3) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction that is performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl cyclopentadienone)arylene reagent, in the presence of an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent.
  • an optionally substituted diene such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl cyclopentadienone)arylene reagent
  • the first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R -X in the presence of the DAPP product (3), thereby providing a substituted polymer (7).
  • reagent R -X X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R 1 is any described herein.
  • the second step includes a second substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R 3 -X in the presence of the substituted polymer (7) to provide the desired polymer of formula (I).
  • reagent R 3 -X X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R 3 is any described herein.
  • the third step includes a third substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R A -X L in the presence of the substituted polymer (I) to provide a further substituted polymer (II).
  • reagent R A -X L X L is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R A is any described herein (e.g., R A can be -L A -Ar A ).
  • the cationic moiety R A can be installed in any useful manner (e.g., in one step or in two steps, such as by using a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety R A* -X L and an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R , such as in Scheme lb).
  • a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety R A* -X L and an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R such as in Scheme lb
  • an anion exchange reaction can be conducted to exchange X L for any other useful anionic moiety (e.g., any anionic salt described herein).
  • a substituted polymer (e.g., having R 3 and R 1 substituents) can be further substituted.
  • cationic moiety R A is installed directly on the substituted polymer.
  • a reactive handle R H is first installed on the substituted polymer, and R H is further reacted with a reagent including a cationic moiety R A or a precursor cationic moiety R A* .
  • R H is a functional group X including a halo, a haloalkyl, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkaryl, or an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., in which each of these can optionally include one or more halo substitutions); or in which X is halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate.
  • the polymer of formula (II) can be formed by providing a substituted DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein) having a structure of formula (I), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure, and then performing a second substitution reaction to introduce R A . These steps are described in more detail below.
  • the substituted polymer (I) in Scheme Ilia can be formed in any useful manner.
  • the substituted polymer (I) is formed by way of a Diels-Alder reaction to form the underlying DAPP structure, as well as by a plurality of substitution reactions to install R 1 and R 3 substituents.
  • the first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with a reagent including X in the presence of the substituted polymer (I), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (10), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
  • a useful integer e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
  • X can be any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, nitro, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate).
  • the reagent including X can be any useful halogenating reagent (e.g., X 2 , where X is halo) in the presence of an optional catalyst (e.g., Fe, FeX 3 , or A1X 3 , where X is halo).
  • an optional catalyst e.g., Fe, FeX 3 , or A1X 3 , where X is halo.
  • the reagent including X can include any useful sulfonating reagent (e.g., S0 3 and/or H 2 SO 4 ).
  • the second step includes a further substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R A -X L in the presence of the substituted polymer (10) to provide a further substituted polymer (II).
  • reagent R A -X L X L is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R A is any described herein (e.g., R A can be -L A -Ar A ).
  • the cationic moiety R A can be installed in any useful manner (e.g., in one step or in two steps, such as by using a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety R A* -X L and an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R , such as in Scheme lb).
  • a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety R A* -X L and an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R such as in Scheme lb
  • an anion exchange reaction can be conducted to exchange X L for any other useful anionic moiety (e.g., any anionic salt described herein).
  • an exemplary non-limiting synthetic scheme can include an initial reaction to install an Ar A aryl group and a further reaction to install the cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the polymer of formula (IIu) can be formed by providing a substituted DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (11)), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an Ar A group to the parent structure, and then performing a third substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality R in proximity to the aryl ring of the Ar A group.
  • a substituted DAPP polymer e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (11)
  • the DAPP polymer (11) in Scheme Illb can be formed in any useful manner.
  • the DAPP polymer (11) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction including an optionally substituted diene and an optionally substituted dienophile.
  • the first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with a reagent including X in the presence of the DAPP polymer (11), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (12), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). Exemplary X and reagents including X are described herein.
  • the second step includes a further substitution reaction to introduce an Ar A aryl group to one or more pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP polymer.
  • the reagent (13) is a boronic reagent including any useful ligand X L (e.g., any described herein, such as halo, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, an optionally substituted alkylene, or an optionally substituted heteroalkylene, in which the alkylene or heteroalkylene, taken together with the boron to which it is attached, forms a boronate ester), any useful linker L A (e.g., any described herein), and an optionally substituted aryl group Ar A .
  • any useful ligand X L e.g., any described herein, such as halo, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, an optionally substituted alkylene, or an optionally substituted heteroalkylene, in which the alkylene or heteroalkylene, taken
  • Such a boronic reagent can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Suzuki coupling reaction).
  • the reagent (14) includes any useful leaving groups X R1 , X L (e.g., any described herein), any useful linker L A (e.g., any described herein), and an optionally substituted aryl group Ar A .
  • Such a reagent can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Friedel-Crafts alkylation or acylation reaction).
  • the resultant polymer (15) includes any useful number a ' (e.g., where each a ' is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) of Ar A groups attached by way of a linker L A to the pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP structure.
  • the leaving group X L provides a reactive functional group that can be employed to further attach a cationic moiety R A , a cationic functionality R A1 , or a precursor cationic moiety R A* .
  • the third step includes a substitution reaction to introduce R A1 to the DAPP polymer.
  • the reagent (16) includes any useful leaving group X R2 , a linker LAI, and a cationic functionality R A1 (e.g., where exemplary leaving groups, linkers, and cationic functionalities are described herein).
  • the number a of R A groups can be less than or equal to the number a ' of reactive groups on each aryl group.
  • the final polymer of structure (IIu) includes one or more cationic moieties, each of which in turn includes a cationic functionality R A1 attached by way of a linker L A1 to an aryl group Ar A .
  • Scheme IV provides various exemplary, non-limiting retrosynthetic paths to install a cationic moiety R A , in which R A is
  • path A is employed to first install the aryl group Ar A on the DAPP polymer and then to install the cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality R A1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R3 .
  • retrosynthetic path A can include a first synthetic building block (18) having leaving groups X R1 , X L1 , a linker L A , and an aryl group Ar A .
  • the cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (16) having a leaving group X R2 , a linker L A1 , and a cationic functionality R A1 .
  • this building block (16) can be formed from a reaction including further building blocks, such as a first reagent (19) and a second reagent (20), to form a building block (16*) including a cationic moiety.
  • the first reagent (19) can include any useful leaving group X R2 , linker R A1 , and precursor cationic moiety R A1* ; and the second reagent (20) can be any useful alkylating reagent having a leaving group X and an organic moiety R 7 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 is formed by reacting the precursor cationic moiety R A1* to include an appended organic moiety R 7 .
  • path B is employed to first install a linker portion L A on the DAPP polymer and then to install the aryl group Ar A having the cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality R A1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R3 .
  • retrosynthetic path B can include a first synthetic building block (21) having leaving groups X R1 , X L1 , and a linker portion L A .
  • the aryl group and cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (22) having a leaving group X R2 , a linker portion L A , an aryl group Ar A , a linker L A1 , and a cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the linker portions L A , L A can be designed to react in order to form a linker L A .
  • this building block (22) can be formed from a reaction including further building blocks, such as a first reagent (23) and a second reagent (20), to form a building block (22*) including a cationic moiety.
  • the first reagent (23) can include any useful leaving group X R2 , linker portion L A , aryl group Ar A , linker L A1 , and precursor cationic moiety R A1* ; and the second reagent (20) can be any useful alkylating reagent having a leaving group X R3 and an organic moiety R 7 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 is formed by reacting the precursor cationic moiety R A1* to include an appended organic moiety R 7 .
  • retrosynthetic path C is employed to first install an aryl group Ar A and a linker portion L A1 on the DAPP polymer and then to install the cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality R A1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R3 .
  • path C can include a first synthetic building block (24) having leaving groups X R1 , X L , a linker L A , an aryl group Ar A , and a linker portion L A1 .
  • the cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (25) having a leaving group X R2 , a linker portion L A1 , and a cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the linker portions L A1 , L A1 can be designed to react in order to form a linker L A1 .
  • this building block (25) can be formed from a reaction including further building blocks, such as a first reagent (26) and a second reagent (20), to form a building block (25*) including a cationic moiety.
  • the first reagent (26) can include any useful leaving group X , linker portion L , and precursor cationic moiety R ; and the second reagent (20) can be any useful alkylating reagent having a leaving group X R3 and an organic moiety R 7 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 is formed by reacting the precursor cationic moiety R A1* to include an appended organic moiety R 7 .
  • retrosynthetic path D is employed to first install the aryl group Ar A on the DAPP polymer and then to install the cationic functionality R A1 .
  • the cationic functionality R A1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality R A1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R 7 -X R3 .
  • path D can include a first synthetic building block (13) having ligands X L , a linker L A , and an aryl group Ar A .
  • the cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (16) having a leaving group X R2 , a linker L A1 , and a cationic functionality R A1 .
  • this building block (16) is formed as seen and described for retrosynthetic pathway A.
  • any useful functional group can be employed.
  • X R1 , X R2 , X R3 , X L , and X L1 can be any useful leaving group or ligand (e.g., any described herein, such as halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkaryloxy, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate).
  • organic moiety R 7 can include any useful functional group, such as an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl.
  • L A and L A1 can be any useful linker described herein (e.g., a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, phosphonoyl, phosphoryl, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C 4 . 18 arylene, or optionally substituted C 4 .
  • a useful linker described herein e.g., a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, phosphonoyl, phosphoryl, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo
  • L A and L A can be any useful precursor or derivative that provides any linker described herein.
  • Ar A can include any optionally substituted aryl group described herein.
  • R A and R A1 can be any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein; and R A* and R A1* can be any useful precursor or derivative that provides any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein.
  • Ion exchange polymer electrolytes and their dispersion in liquid medium are one aspect of fuel cells and other electrochemical applications.
  • electrochemical reactions occur either in acidic or alkaline media.
  • proton exchange membranes offer the required combination of adequate longevity and good conductivity at relatively low temperatures (e.g., of from about 25°C to about 100°C).
  • fuel cells and electrolytes employ proton exchange membranes
  • alkaline fuel cells require anion- conducting polymer electrolytes.
  • the efficiency of the oxygen reduction reaction is much higher than in acidic conditions, which allows the use of low-cost, abundant electro-catalysts as opposed to precious metal catalysts.
  • alkaline fuel cells use an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide as the electrolyte, with typical concentrations of about 30%.
  • a major operating constraint is the requirement for low carbon dioxide concentrations in the oxidant feed stream, as carbon dioxide can result in the formation of carbonate precipitates.
  • One approach for addressing this issue is the use of solid anion-conducting membranes. Alkaline fuel cell systems based on such membranes use the desirable properties of the solid electrolytes, such as the lack of requirement of liquid electrolyte circulation, the presence of less corrosion, and the capability of applying differential pressure and system design simplification.
  • a significant challenge in the area of alkaline fuel cells is the current lack of anion exchange polymer electrolytes that have i) good electrolyte stability in alkaline media, ii) high anionic conductivity, and iii) good processability.
  • anion exchange polymer electrolytes due to fast hydrolysis of polymer electrolytes in highly basic conditions. The degradation process can be accelerated by electron-withdrawing molecules in the vicinity of cation functional group.
  • Lower ionic conductivity of anion exchange polymer electrolytes, as compared to cation exchange polymer electrolytes, is due to the diffusion coefficient of the hydroxide ion, which is lower than that of protons.
  • Another non-limiting reason for lower ionic conductivity of anion exchange polymer electrolytes is the larger size of cation group in the anion exchange polymer electrolytes, which dilutes the concentration of exchange site.
  • Alkyl ammonium cation-based anion exchange polymer electrolytes may be synthesized by chloride substitution of a -CH 2 C1 moiety of the polymers. Because the cation form of the polymer electrolytes is directly synthesized via chloride substitution, the resultant cation functionalized polymer electrolytes has limited solubility. This limited solubility has been a significant inhibitor of successful application of alkaline fuel cells. Traditional techniques rely on improving the stability of anion exchange polymer electrolytes by introducing highly basic and bulky cations such as sulfonium,
  • This Example provides exemplary anion exchange polymer electrolytes that include a poly(phenylene) polymer with resonance-stabilized cationic moieties.
  • the poly(phenylene) substructure provides a durable construct, and the cationic moiety provides a positive charge to promote anion conduction.
  • These two structures e.g., the poly(phenylene) substructure and the cationic moiety
  • the polymer includes an aryl group in proximity to the cationic moiety, thereby providing increased conjugation by way of charge derealization.
  • the proximity of the aryl group allows for the construction of an increased number of resonance forms.
  • the resonance structure of the aryl group can potentially enhance the stability of both cationic moieties and amide (or sulfonamide) linkage from the hydrolysis by sharing the electrons.
  • the stabilization can be maximized when the conjugated structures, e.g., amide (or sulfonamide), aryl group, and cationic groups, are connected without interruption.
  • the polymer can be designed (e.g., by controlling the distance or linkage between an aryl group and the cationic moiety/cationic functionality) to provide resonance stabilized poly(phenylene)-based anion exchange polymer electrolytes.
  • a poly(phenylene)-based polymer e.g., a polymer having a structure of formula (II) or any polymer described herein
  • methods of using the polymer to prepare membranes e.g., a polymer having a structure of formula (II) or any polymer described herein.
  • the composition includes a structure having the formula (IIv): a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
  • each R 1 or R 3 is, independently, any substituent described herein (e.g., H or halo, such as fluorine).
  • each of L A and L A1 is, independently, any linker described herein (e.g., a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkylene, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkylene, or optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkyleneoxy).
  • linker e.g., a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkylene, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkylene, or optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkyleneoxy).
  • each R 4 is, independently, any substituent described herein (e.g., H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, or optionally substituted Ci-12 alkoxy).
  • any substituent described herein e.g., H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, or optionally substituted Ci-12 alkoxy.
  • each R A1 is, independently, any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein (e.g., amidinium, guanidinium, phosphazenium,
  • exemplary cationic moieties and cationic functionalities include the following: re each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , R N4 , R N5 , R N6 , R N7 , R N8 , R N9 , R N1 °, and R NU is any described herein; and each of R a6 , R a7 , R a8 , R a9 , R al °, and R al1 is, independently, any described herein.
  • each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , R N4 , R N5 , R N6 , R N7 , R N8 , R N9 , R N1 °, and R NU is, independently, H or optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • each of R a6 , R a7 , R a8 , R a9 , R al °, and R al1 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • any of the structures herein, as well as compositions including such structures, can be synthesized in any useful manner.
  • Synthetic methods can be designed to introduce a linker or a linker portion to the poly(phenylene) polymer (e.g., a pendent aryl group and/or a backbone aryl group of the polymer).
  • a linker or a linker portion to the poly(phenylene) polymer (e.g., a pendent aryl group and/or a backbone aryl group of the polymer).
  • Scheme A relies on forming a linker by a Suzuki cross-coupling reaction with the poly(phenylene) polymer substructure.
  • Scheme B relies on forming a linker by way of a Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction.
  • the polymer of formula (IIw) can be formed by providing a DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (27)), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an Ar A group (e.g., by way of a Suzuki cross- coupling reaction), and then performing a third substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality R A1 in proximity to the aryl ring of the Ar A group.
  • a DAPP polymer e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (27)
  • performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an Ar A group (e.g., by way of a Suzuki cross- coupling reaction), and then performing a third substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality R A1 in proximity to the aryl ring of the Ar A group.
  • the DAPP polymer (27) in Scheme A can be formed in any useful manner.
  • the DAPP polymer (27) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction between the optionally substituted diene and the optionally substituted dienophile.
  • the first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with a reagent including X in the presence of the DAPP polymer (27), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (28), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
  • a reagent including X in the presence of the DAPP polymer (27), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (28), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
  • Exemplary X and reagents including X are described herein (e.g., in which X is bromine for use in a Suzuki cross-coupling reaction).
  • the second step includes a further substitution reaction to introduce an Ar A aryl group to one or more pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP polymer.
  • the reagent (13*) is a phenylboronic reagent including any useful ligand X L* (e.g., any described herein, such as optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl, or in which a combination of two X L* is an optionally substituted alkylene which, taken together with the boron to which each is bound, forms a boronate ester), any useful leaving group X L1 (e.g., any described herein), and an optionally substituted aryl group Ar A (e.g., optionally substituted with any substituent described herein, such as that described for R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , or substituents (l)-(47) described herein for aryl, including H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, s
  • the resultant polymer (29) includes any useful number a ' (e.g., where each a ' is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, such as 1 or 2 on each pendent phenyl group) of Ar A groups attached by way of a covalent bond to the pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP structure.
  • the leaving group X L1 provides a reactive functional group that can be employed to further attach a cationic moiety R A , a cationic functionality R A1 , or a precursor cationic moiety R A* .
  • the third step includes a substitution reaction (e.g., an S N 2 nucleophilic substitution reaction) to introduce R A1 to the DAPP polymer.
  • the reagent (30) is a reagent including any useful leaving group X L2 and a cationic functionality R A1 (e.g., where exemplary leaving groups and cationic functionalities are any described herein).
  • the number a of R A groups can be less than or equal to the number a ' of reactive groups on each aryl group.
  • the final polymer of structure (IIw) includes one or more cationic functionalities R A1 attached by way of a covalent bond to an aryl group Ar A .
  • R A1 can be introduced in two steps, in which the first step employs a reagent having a precursor cationic moiety and the second step employs an alkylating reagent to form a cationic charge.
  • each R A1 is, independently, any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein (e.g., amidinium, guanidinium, phosphazenium,
  • exemplary cationic moieties and cationic functionalities include the following: re each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , R N4 , R N5 , R N6 , R N7 , R N8 , R N9 , R N1 °, and R NU is any described herein; and each of R a6 , R a7 , R a8 , R a9 , R al °, and R al1 is, independently, any described herein.
  • each of R N1 , R N2 , R N3 , R N4 , R N5 , R N6 , R N7 , R N8 , R N9 , R N1 °, and R NU is, independently, H or optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • each of R a6 , R a7 , R a8 , R a9 , R al °, and R al1 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyl.
  • the polymer of formula (IIx) can be formed by providing a DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (27)), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce Ar A to the parent structure, and then performing a second substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality R A1 in proximity to the aryl ring of the Ar A group. These steps are described in more detail below.
  • a DAPP polymer e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (27)
  • the DAPP polymer (27) in Scheme B can be formed in any useful manner.
  • the DAPP polymer (27) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction between the optionally substituted diene and the optionally substituted dienophile.
  • the first step includes a further substitution reaction to introduce an Ar A aryl group to one or more pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP polymer.
  • the reagent (14*) is a reagent including any useful leaving group X R1 , X L1 (e.g., any described herein, such as halo), any useful linker L A (e.g., any described herein, such as a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C 1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkylene, or optionally substituted C 1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy), and an optionally substituted aryl group Ar A .
  • any useful leaving group X R1 , X L1 e.g., any described herein, such as halo
  • any useful linker L A e.g., any described herein
  • Such a reagent can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Friedel-Crafts alkylation or acylation reaction).
  • a Friedel-Crafts alkylation or acylation reaction e.g., a Friedel-Crafts alkylation or acylation reaction.
  • the L A -connected derivative represented by formula (31) is formed by way of a Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction between a
  • poly(phenylene) of formula (27) and a reagent (14*) e.g., a benzoyl halide or sulfonyl halide.
  • the resultant polymer (31) includes any useful number a ' (e.g., where each a ' is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) of Ar A groups attached by way of a linker L A to the pendent aryl groups of the DAPP structure.
  • the leaving group X L1 provides a reactive functional group that can be employed to further attach a cationic moiety R A , a cationic functionality R A1 , or a precursor cationic moiety R A* .
  • the second step includes a substitution reaction (e.g., an S N 2 nucleophilic substitution reaction) to introduce R A1 to the DAPP polymer.
  • the reagent (31) is a reagent including any useful leaving group X L2 and a cationic functionality R A1 (e.g., where exemplary leaving groups and cationic functionalities are any described herein).
  • the number a of R A groups can be less than or equal to the number a ' of reactive groups on each aryl group (e.g., where each a is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, including 1 or 2).
  • the final polymer of structure (IIx) includes one or more cationic functionalities R A1 attached by way of a covalent bond to an aryl group Ar A .
  • R A1 can be introduced in two steps, in which the first step employs a reagent having a precursor cationic moiety and the second employs an alkylating reagent to form the cationic charge.
  • exemplary R A1 groups are described herein (e.g., for Scheme A or any other cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein).
  • linkers may be present between the aryl group Ar A and the cationic functionality R A1 , such as a linker L A1 (e.g., any described herein).
  • the anion exchange polymers can include any useful linker, which can be installed in any useful manner.
  • FIG. 7 shows an exemplary schematic that can be described generically as follows.
  • the initial DAPP structure can be reacted to provide a reactive DAPP, which has one or more reactive handles and a linker including -C(O)-.
  • the initial DAPP structure can be any described herein (e.g., having a structure of formula (I) or (IA)).
  • a precursor cationic moiety can be installed, and an alkylation reaction can be performed to form the cationic moiety.
  • an optional anion exchange reaction can be performed to provide an anionic moiety B.
  • a first step can include use of a reactive handle having an Ar A aryl group
  • a second step can include use of a precursor cationic moiety to install this moiety on the Ar A aryl group of the reactive handle.
  • a substitution reaction is performed in the presence of a F-labeled DAPP and a reagent R H -X including Ar A (here, ( -F)Ph-C(O)Cl) in the optional presence of a metal salt (here, AgOTf).
  • a metal salt here, AgOTf
  • the metal salt can include any useful compound, such as CKSC R ⁇ )], M[N(S0 2 -R MF ) 2 ], or M ⁇ SC R ⁇ ], where R is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl, and where M is Ag, Al, Ba, Bi, Ca, Cu, In, Re, Sc, Sn, Ti, Y, Yb, or Zn.
  • R is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl
  • M is Ag, Al, Ba, Bi, Ca, Cu, In, Re, Sc, Sn, Ti, Y, Yb, or Zn.
  • metal salts include M[OTf] m , where mfi ' s an integer from 1 to 3 and where M is Ag, Al, Ba, Bi, Ca, Cu, In, Sc, Y, or Yb; as well as M[NTf 2 ] m , where mfi ' s an integer from 1 to 3 and where M is Ag, Al, Sn, Ti, Yb, or Zn.
  • the reactive DAPP is then reacted with a precursor cationic moiety (here, 1,1,3,3,- tetramethyl guanidine or TMG), which reacts with the halide of the reactive handle.
  • a precursor cationic moiety here, 1,1,3,3,- tetramethyl guanidine or TMG
  • TMG 1,1,3,3,- tetramethyl guanidine
  • the carbonyl linker (-C(O)-) is also part of the reactive handle, and this linker connects the pendent aryl group with another aryl group Ar A .
  • This aryl group Ar A is connected to the cationic moiety or cationic functionality.
  • the reaction between the reactive DAPP and TMP results in guanidine DAPP.
  • the precursor cationic moiety is alkylated with an alkylating reagent (e.g., R 7 X, in which R 7 is an optionally substituted alkyl group and X is a leaving group, such as any described herein), thereby providing an R 7 -alkylated guanidinium moiety having a cationic charge and optionally complexed to an anion X.
  • R 7 X alkylating reagent
  • the Ar A aryl group and the R A1 cationic functionality (or the Ar A aryl group and a precursor cationic functionality R A1* ) is installed at the same time.
  • the linker can include any useful functional group, such as a sulfonyl (-S(0) 2 -) or a sulfoneamide (-S(0) 2 -NR - or - R -S(0) 2 -, in which R is any useful moiety group).
  • FIG. 8 provides an exemplary synthetic scheme including such linkers.
  • a substitution reaction is performed in the presence of an initial DAPP and a reagent R H -X (here, C1S0 3 H) to provide a reactive DAPP.
  • the initial DAPP can be any described herein (e.g., having a structure of formula (I) or (IA)).
  • R H -X can be chosen to include a linker portion (here, the -S(0) 2 - portion of a sulfonamide linker), as well as a halide that is reactive.
  • the reactive DAPP is reacted with a precursor cationic moiety (here, N-(4- aminophenyl)-l, l,3,3,-tetramethylguanidine), which reacts with the halide of the reactive handle, thereby providing guanidine DAPP.
  • a precursor cationic moiety here, N-(4- aminophenyl)-l, l,3,3,-tetramethylguanidine
  • the reagent providing the precursor cationic moiety can be chosen to include a linker portion (here, the -NH- portion of a sulfonamide linker) and to include the precursor cationic moiety in proximity to the aryl group Ar A .
  • the precursor cationic moiety is alkylated with an alkylating reagent (e.g., R 7 X, in which R 7 is an optionally substituted alkyl group and X is a leaving group, such as any described herein), thereby providing an R 7 -alkylated guanidinium moiety having a cationic charge and optionally complexed to an anion X.
  • R 7 X alkylating reagent
  • R 7 X e.g., R 7 X, in which R 7 is an optionally substituted alkyl group and X is a leaving group, such as any described herein
  • R 7 X is an optionally substituted alkyl group and X is a leaving group, such as any described herein
  • the resultant polymer structure has formula (11-13), which includes a cationic moiety in proximity to aryl group Ar A and includes a sulfonamide linker attaching Ar A to a pendent aryl group of the DAPP structure

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to anionic exchange polymers including a poly(phenylene) structure. The structure can include any useful cationic moiety. Methods and uses of such structures and polymers are also described herein. In one instance, such polymers are employed to form a solid membrane.

Description

POLY(PHENYLENE)-BASED ANION EXCHANGE POLYMERS AND METHODS
THEREOF
STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT INTEREST
This invention was made with Government support under contract no. DE-AC52- 06NA25396 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy to Los Alamos National Security, LLC, as well as under contract no. DE-AC04-94AL85000 awarded by the U.S. Department of Energy to Sandia Corporation. The Government has certain rights in the invention.
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/274,592, filed January 4, 2016, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to anionic exchange polymers including a
poly(phenylene) structure. The structure can include any useful cationic moiety (e.g., any described herein). Methods and uses of such structures and polymers are also provided.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell systems can employ any useful membrane to effectively conduct protons or anions. In particular, anion exchange membrane-based fuel cells (AEMFCs) have been garnering interest, due in part to possible use of less expensive catalysts while maintaining or improving electrochemical kinetics. Within the fuel cell, the anion exchange membrane is generally composed of a polymer having a functional group (e.g., a cationic group) capable of binding to anionic carriers (e.g., hydroxide or carbonate anions). Ideally, such a polymer should be capable of having both high anion conductivity and high chemical stability. Design and synthesis of such polymers can be challenging. Accordingly, there is a need for additional polymer structures having such desired chemical characteristics, as well as methods for making and using such polymers.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to polymer compounds and compositions having a poly(phenylene) structure in combination with one or more cationic moieties. In particular non-limiting embodiments, the cationic moieties are resonance stabilized, thereby providing enhanced stability, even under high pH conditions. Furthermore, the polymeric backbone includes a poly(phenylene) structure that imparts durability to the polymer. In this way, the polymer compounds of the invention include a combination of a durable backbone and a stabilized cationic moiety in order to improve pH-stability, anionic conductivity, and/or solubility.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (II), having the formula (II), or including a structure having the formula (II):
Figure imgf000004_0001
or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, the counter ion of the cationic moiety is hydroxide or an anionic salt, such as a chloride or a bromide. In particular embodiments, the structure includes a formula (IIA), (Ila)-(IIx), (II-l) to (11-13), or a salt thereof.
In some embodiments, each RA is independently, a cationic moiety (e.g., any described herein). In other embodiments, the cationic moiety includes an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl. In other embodiments, each and every RA includes a cationic moiety, which in turn includes an optionally substituted aryl group. In yet other
embodiments, each RA includes one or more cationic functionalities RA1 (e.g., any described herein).
In some embodiments, RA is -LA-ArA. In one instance, ArA is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., substituted with one or more cationic functionalities, such as any described herein) and LA is a linker (e.g., any herein). In another instance, ArA is further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
Figure imgf000005_0001
In other embodiments, RA is or ("~2) , or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each LA and LA1 is any linker described herein (e.g., described for LA). In other embodiments, each R4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl,
R S , R P , R C , or R F . In yet other embodiments, each R Al is, independently, a cationic functionality (e.g., any herein); each q is, independently, an integer of from 1 to 5; and/or each al is, independently, an integer of from 1 to 5.
In some embodiments, each R1 and R3 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12
S P C F S
perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, R , R , R , or R , where R is an acidic moiety including a sulfonyl group, RP is an acidic moiety including a phosphoryl group, R C is an acidic moiety including a carbonyl group, and R F is an electron-withdrawing moiety; each ArL is, independently, a bivalent linker including optionally substituted arylene; each ArM is, independently, a bivalent linker including optionally substituted arylene; each q is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5; each a is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one a is not 0; and m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000 (e.g., from 1 to
1 L A S P C
500). In further embodiments, at least one R or Ar in formula (II) includes R , R , R , R , or RF. In some embodiments, q for R1 is 1. In other embodiments, at least one RA includes an optionally substituted aryl group. In some embodiments, a for Ar1 is an integer of from 0 to 5; and/or a for all other aryl groups is an integer of from 1 to 5. In some embodiments, each and every R 3 is, independently, R A , R S , R P , R C , or R F .
In some embodiments, the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (Ilk) to (Hp) or (DA), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In other embodiments, each ArA is, independently, an optionally substituted aryl group including one or more cationic moieties or cationic functionalities (e.g., any described herein) and LA is a linker (e.g., any described herein).
In some embodiments, the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (Dq) to (Dx), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (D-l) to (II-
10), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each RA1 is, independently, a cationic moiety; each LA and LA1 is, independently, a linker (e.g., any described herein); and each al is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, where at least one al is not 0. In some embodiments, each R4 and RM1, if present, is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C1.12 alkoxy, Rs, RP, Rc, or RF.
In some embodiments, the composition includes a structure having any one of formulas (Π-ll) to (11-13), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiment, each R7 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido,
dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted
Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and each B and X is, independently, an anionic moiety (e.g., halide, hydroxide, etc.).
In another aspect, the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (III), having the formula (III), or includin a structure having the formula (III):
Figure imgf000006_0001
or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each of RA, R1, R3, ArL, ArM, q, a, m, L', and RL is, independently, any described herein. In some embodiments, each RL is, independently, an electrophilic reactive end group (e.g., any herein, such as optionally substituted C5-19 or C7-ii aryloyl or optionally substituted C4.18 or C6.18 aryl). In some embodiments, the composition includes a structure having the formula (Ilia) to (Hid) or a salt thereof. In yet another aspect, the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (IV), having the formula (IV), or including a structure having the formula (IV):
Figure imgf000007_0001
or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each of RA, R1, R3, ArL, ArM, q, a, m, n, L, and Ar* is, independently, any described herein. In some embodiments, each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000; L is a linking segment (e.g., such as any linker described herein); and Ar* is a hydrophobic segment. In further embodiments, at least one R1 or ArL in formula (IV) includes RA, Rs, RP, Rc, or RF.
In yet another aspect, the present invention features a composition (e.g., a molecule, a monomer, a polymer, an article, etc.) including the formula (V), having the formula (V), or includin a structure having the formula (V):
Figure imgf000007_0002
, or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each of RA, R1, R3, RL, ArL, ArM q, a, m, n, L, and Ar is, independently, any described herein. In some embodiments, each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000; L is a linking segment (e.g., such as any linker described herein); and Ar* is a hydrophobic segment. In further embodiments, at least one R1 or ArL in formula (V) includes RA, Rs, RP, Rc, or RF. In some embodiments, formula (V) includes a structure of formula (Va):
Figure imgf000008_0001
or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each of RA, RH, R1, R3, ArL, ArM, q, a, h, m, n, L, and Ar* is, independently, any described herein. In some embodiments, each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000; L is a linking segment; and Ar* is a hydrophobic segment. In further embodiments, at least one R1 or ArL in formula
(Va) includes RA, RH, Rs, RP, Rc, or RF.
In any embodiment herein, Rs is -S02-OH, -S02-RS1, -RSA-S02-RS1, -S02-RAr, - RSA-S02-RAr, -S02 RN1RN2, -N(RN1)-S02-RS3, -S02- RN1-RS2, or -S02- RN1-S02-RS3 (e.g., where each of RS1, RS2, RS3, R^, RSA, RN1, and RN2 is any described herein).
In any embodiment herein, Rc is -C02H, -C(0)-RC1, or -RCA-C(0)-RC1 (e.g., where each of R and R is any described herein).
p is -P(0)(OH)2 ,-0-PO(OH)2, -P(0)HRP1,
Figure imgf000008_0002
R -P(0)<R R , -0-P(0)<R iR , -0-P(0)<RArR , or -0-P(0)<RArRAr (e.g., where each of R^ R^ R^ and R^ is any described herein, and where each RAr can be the same or different).
In any embodiment herein, RH is H, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkyl, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i2 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl. In some embodiments, RH is -LH-ArH. In other embodiments, RH is -LH- AkH. In one instance, ArH is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl). In another instance, AkH is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted heteroalkyl (e.g., substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl).
In any embodiment herein, RF is optionally substituted C5-19 or C7-11 aryloyl, optionally substituted C4-i8 or C6-i8 aryl, carboxyaldehyde, optionally substituted C2-7 alkanoyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-7 alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, sulfo, carboxyl, and quaternary ammonium (e.g., any described herein). In other embodiments, RF includes or is substituted by perfluoroalkyl (e.g., Ci.i2 perfluoroalkyl).
In any embodiment herein, the linker (e.g., LA or LA1 or L or L' or LH) is a covalent bond, carbonyl (-C(O)-), oxy (-0-), thio (-S-), azo (-N=N-), phosphonoyl (-P(O)H-), phosphoryl (-P(0)<), sulfonyl (-S(0)2-), sulfinyl (-S(O)-), sulfonamide, imino (- H-), imine (e.g., -CRL1=N-, where RL1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl), phosphine (e.g., - PR - group, where R is H or optionally substituted alkyl), nitrilo (e.g., - R -, where R is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkylene, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted Ci-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted Ci.i2 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4-i8 arylene, or optionally substituted C4-i8 aryleneoxy (e.g.,-(CRL1RL2)z,a-, -C(0) RL3-, - RL3C(0)-, -S02 RL3-, -NRL3S02- -(CRL1RL2)La-C(0)-(CRL1R¾- -(CRL1RL2)La-S02-(CRL1RL2)a- -(CRL1RL2)La-C(0) RL3-(CRL1R¾- -(CRL1RL2)La- RL3C(0)-(CRL1RL2)«-, -(CRL1RL2)La-S02 RL3-(CRL1RL2)L5-,
or -(CRL1RL2)La- RL3S02-(CRL1RL2)a- where each of RL1, RL2, and RL3 is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4-i8 aryl, or optionally substituted
Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; and where each of La and Lb is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 10, wherein at least one of La or Lb is not 0). In some embodiments, the linker (e.g., for L') includes an optionally substituted polyphenylene or a structure of formula (II). In yet other embodiments, L or L' includes a structure of formula (II) and Ar* (e.g., any subunits described herein for Ar*). In any embodiment herein, Ar or L or L' includes a structure of formula (II), a sulfone subunit, an arylene sulfone subunit, an ether sulfone subunit, an arylene ether subunit, a perfluoroalkyl subunit, or a perfluoroalkoxy subunit.
In any embodiment herein, each of ArL, ArM, and Ar* is optionally substituted phenylene, optionally substituted naphthylene, optionally substituted phenanthrylene, a sulfone subunit, an arylene sulfone subunit, an ether sulfone subunit, an arylene ether subunit, a perfluoroalkyl subunit, a perfluoroalkoxy subunit, or any described herein (e.g., any aryl group described herein). In further embodiments, the optional substitution is RA, RH, Rs, RP,
C F
or a label (e.g., fluorine or another MR detectable label).
In any embodiment herein, m is less than n. In some embodiments, m is greater than n.
Definitions
As used herein, the term "about" means +/- 10% of any recited value. As used herein, this term modifies any recited value, range of values, or endpoints of one or more ranges.
The term "acyl," or "alkanoyl," as used interchangeably herein, represent an alkyl group, as defined herein, or hydrogen attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group, as defined herein. This group is exemplified by formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, and the like. The alkanoyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkanoyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl. In some embodiments, the unsubstituted acyl group is a C2-7 acyl or alkanoyl group.
By "alkaryl" is meant an aryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein. Similarly, by the term
"alkheteroaryl" is meant a heteroaryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group. Other groups preceded by the prefix "alk-" are defined in the same manner. The alkaryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkaryl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl and/or aryl. Exemplary unsubstituted alkaryl groups are of from 7 to 16 carbons (C7.16 alkaryl), as well as those having an alkylene group with 1 to 6 carbons and an aryl group with 4 to 18 carbons (i.e., Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl).
By "alkcycloalkyl" is meant a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein. The alkcycloalkyl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkcycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
By "alkenyl" is meant an optionally substituted C2-24 alkyl group having one or more double bonds. The alkenyl group can be cyclic (e.g., C3-24 cycloalkenyl) or acyclic. The alkenyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkenyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
By "alkheterocyclyl" represents a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein. Exemplary unsubstituted alkheterocyclyl groups are of from 2 to 14 carbons.
By "alkoxy" is meant -OR, where R is an optionally substituted alkyl group, as described herein. Exemplary alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, trihaloalkoxy, such as trifluoromethoxy, etc. The alkoxy group can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkoxy group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl. Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxy groups include C1-3, Ci-6, C1-12, Ci-16, Ci-18, Ci-20, or C1-24 alkoxy groups.
By "alkoxyalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, which is substituted with an alkoxy group, as defined herein. Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxyalkyl groups include between 2 to 12 carbons (C2.12 alkoxyalkyl), as well as those having an alkyl group with 1 to 6 carbons and an alkoxy group with 1 to 6 carbons (i.e., Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl).
By "alkoxycarbonyl" is meant an alkoxy group, as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group. In some embodiments, an
unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group is a C2-7 alkoxycarbonyl group.
By "alkyl" and the prefix "alk" is meant a branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon group of 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, s-pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, and the like. The alkyl group can be cyclic (e.g., C3-24 cycloalkyl) or acyclic. The alkyl group can be branched or unbranched. The alkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkyl group can be substituted with one, two, three or, in the case of alkyl groups of two carbons or more, four substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) Ci-6 alkoxy; (2) Ci-6 alkyl sulfinyl; (3) Ci-6 alkyl sulfonyl; (4) amino; (5) aryl; (6) arylalkoxy; (7) aryloyl; (8) azido; (9) cyano; (10) carboxyaldehyde; (11) C3-8 cycloalkyl; (12) halo;
(13) heterocyclyl; (14) heterocyclyloxy; (15) heterocyclyloyl; (16) hydroxyl;
(17) N-protected amino; (18) nitro; (19) oxo; (20) C3-8 spirocyclyl; (21) Ci-6 thioalkoxy; (22) thiol; (23) -C02RA, where RA is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen,
(b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C4-i8 aryl, and (d) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; (24) -C(0) RBRc, where each of RB and R is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl,
(c) C4-i8 aryl, and (d) Ci-6 alk-C -i8 aryl; (25) -S02RD, where RD is selected from the group consisting of (a) Ci-6 alkyl, (b) C4.18 aryl, and (c) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; (26) -S02 RERF, where each of RE and RF is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C4-i8 aryl, and (d) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; and (27) - RGRH, where each of RG and RH is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) an
N-protecting group, (c) Ci-6 alkyl, (d) C2-6 alkenyl, (e) C2-6 alkynyl, (f) C4.18 aryl,
(g) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, (h) C3-8 cycloalkyl, and (i) Ci-6 alk-C3-8 cycloalkyl, wherein in one embodiment no two groups are bound to the nitrogen atom through a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group. The alkyl group can be a primary, secondary, or tertiary alkyl group substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., one or more halo or alkoxy). In some embodiments, the unsubstituted alkyl group is a C1-3, Ci-6, C1-12, Ci-i6, C1-18, Ci-2o, or C1-24 alkyl group.
By "alkylene" is meant a bivalent form of an alkyl group, as described herein.
Exemplary alkylene groups include methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, etc. In some embodiments, the alkylene group is a C1-3, Ci-6, C1-12, Ci-i6, CMS, Ci-20, C1-2 , C2-3, C2-6, C2.12, C2-i6, C2.18, C2-2o, or C2-24 alkylene group. The alkylene group can be branched or
unbranched. The alkylene group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkylene group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
By "alkyleneoxy" is meant an alkylene group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
By "alkylsulfate" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -0-(S02)- group. An exemplary alkylsulfate group is -0-S02- Ak, where each Ak is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl.
By "alkylsulfinyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -S(O)- group. In some embodiments, the unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group is a Ci-6 or C1-12 alkylsulfinyl group.
By "alkylsulfinylalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfinyl group. In some embodiments, the unsubstituted alkylsulfinylalkyl group is a C2.12 or C2-2 alkylsulfinylalkyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl-Ci-6 alkyl or C1-12 alkylsulfinyl- Ci.12 alkyl). By "alkylsulfonyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -S02- group. In some embodiments, the unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group is a Ci-6 or C1-12 alkylsulfonyl group. In other embodiments, the
SI SI
alkylsulfonyl group is -S02-R , where R is an optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., as described herein, including optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl or perfluoroalkyl).
By "alkylsulfonylalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfonyl group. In some embodiments, the unsubstituted alkylsulfonylalkyl group is a C2.12 or C2-24 alkylsulfonylalkyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkyl sulfonyl-Ci-6 alkyl or C1-12
alkylsulfonyl-Ci-i2 alkyl). An exemplary alkylsulfonylalkyl group is -C-(S02-Ak)3, where each Ak is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl.
By "alkylsulfonylamide" is meant an amino group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfonyl group. In some embodiments, the unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamide group is - RN1RN2, in which each of RN1 and RN2 is, independently, H, C1.12 alkyl, or Ci-24
alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl or C1-12 alkylsulfonyl), where at least one of RN1 and RN2 includes a sulfonyl group. An exemplary alkylsulfonylamide group is -N-(S02-Ak)2 or -N(Ak)(S02-Ak), where each Ak is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl.
By "alkynyl" is meant an optionally substituted C2-24 alkyl group having one or more triple bonds. The alkynyl group can be cyclic or acyclic and is exemplified by ethynyl, 1-propynyl, and the like. The alkynyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the alkynyl group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl.
By "amidino" is meant -C( RN3) RN1RN2, where each of RN1, RN2, and RN3 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where a combination of RN1 and RN2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
By "amido" is meant -C(0) RN1RN2, where each of RN1 and RN2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where a combination of RN1 and RN2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a
heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
By "amino" is meant - RN1RN2, where each of RN1 and RN2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where a combination of RN1 and RN2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein. By "aminoalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an amino group, as defined herein.
By "aryl" is meant a group that contains any carbon-based aromatic group including, but not limited to, benzyl, naphthalene, phenyl, biphenyl, phenoxybenzene, and the like. The term "aryl" also includes "heteroaryl," which is defined as a group that contains an aromatic group that has at least one heteroatom incorporated within the ring of the aromatic group.
Examples of heteroatoms include, but are not limited to, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus. Likewise, the term "non-heteroaryl," which is also included in the term "aryl," defines a group that contains an aromatic group that does not contain a heteroatom. The aryl group can be substituted or unsubstituted. The aryl group can be substituted with one, two, three, four, or five substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) Ci-6 alkanoyl; (2) Ci-6 alkyl; (3) Ci-6 alkoxy; (4) Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl; (5) Ci-6 alkyl sulfinyl;
(6) Ci-6 alkylsulfinyl-Ci-6 alkyl; (7) Ci-6 alkyl sulfonyl; (8) Ci-6 alkylsulfonyl-Ci-6 alkyl;
(9) aryl; (10) amino; (11) Ci-6 aminoalkyl; (12) heteroaryl; (13) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl;
(14) aryloyl; (15) azido; (16) cyano; (17) Ci-6 azidoalkyl; (18) carboxyaldehyde;
(19) carboxyaldehyde-Ci-6 alkyl; (20) C3-8 cycloalkyl; (21) Ci-6 alk-C3-8 cycloalkyl; (22) halo;
(23) Ci-6 haloalkyl; (24) heterocyclyl; (25) heterocyclyloxy; (26) heterocyclyloyl;
(27) hydroxyl; (28) Ci-6 hydroxyalkyl; (29) nitro; (30) Ci-6 nitroalkyl; (31) N-protected amino; (32) N-protected amino-Ci-6 alkyl; (33) oxo; (34) Ci-6 thioalkoxy;
(35) thio-Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl; (36) -(CH2)rC02RA, where r is an integer of from zero to four, and RA is selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl,
B C
(c) C4-i8 aryl, and (d) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; (37) -(CH2)rCONR R , where r is an integer of from
B C
zero to four and where each R and R is independently selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C4-i8 aryl, and (d) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; (38) -(CH2)rS02RD, where r is an integer of from zero to four and where RD is selected from the group consisting of (a) Ci-6 alkyl, (b) C4-i8 aryl, and (c) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; (39) -(CH2)rS02NRERF, where r is an integer of from zero to four and where each of RE and RF is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) Ci-6 alkyl, (c) C4-i8 aryl, and (d) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl;
(40) -(CH2)rNR R , where r is an integer of from zero to four and where each of R and R is, independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) an N-protecting group, (c) Ci-6 alkyl, (d) C2-6 alkenyl, (e) C2-6 alkynyl, (f) C .18 aryl, (g) Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, (h) C3-8 cycloalkyl, and (i) Ci-6 alk-C3-8 cycloalkyl, wherein in one embodiment no two groups are bound to the nitrogen atom through a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group;
(41) thiol; (42) perfluoroalkyl; (43) perfluoroalkoxy; (44) aryloxy; (45) cycloalkoxy; (46) cycloalkylalkoxy; and (47) arylalkoxy. In particular embodiments, an unsubstituted aryl group is a C4.18, C4.14, C4.12, C4.10, C6.18, C6.14, C6.12, or C6.10 aryl group.
By "arylcarbonylalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an aryloyl group, as defined herein. In some embodiments, the arylcarbonylalkyl group is Ar-C(0)-Ak- in which Ar is an optionally substituted aryl group and Ak is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted alkylene group. In particular embodiments, an unsubstituted arylcarbonylalkyl group is a C4-20 aryl-C(0)-Ci-i2 alkyl group or a
C4-i2 aryl-C(0)-Ci-6 alkyl group or a C4.18 aryl-C(0)-Ci-6 alkyl group.
By "arylene" is meant a bivalent form of an aryl group, as described herein.
Exemplary arylene groups include phenylene, naphthylene, biphenylene, triphenylene, diphenyl ether, acenaphthenylene, anthrylene, or phenanthrylene. In some embodiments, the arylene group is a C4.18, C4.14, C4-12, C4.10, C6.18, C6.1 , C6.12, or C6.10 arylene group. The arylene group can be branched or unbranched. The arylene group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the arylene group can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for aryl.
By "aryleneoxy" is meant an arylene group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
By "arylalkoxy" is meant an alkaryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
By "aryloxy" is meant -OR, where R is an optionally substituted aryl group, as described herein. In some embodiments, an unsubstituted aryloxy group is a C4.18 or C6.18 aryloxy group.
By "aryloxycarbonyl" is meant an aryloxy group, as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group. In some embodiments, an
unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group is a C5-i9 aryloxycarbonyl group.
By "aryloyl" is meant an aryl group that is attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group. In some embodiments, an unsubstituted aryloyl group is a C5-19 or a C7-11 aryloyl group.
By "arylsulfonyl" is meant an aryl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an -S02- group.
By "arylsulfonylalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an arylsulfonyl group. In some embodiments, the arylcarbonylalkyl group is Ar-S02-Ak- in which Ar is an optionally substituted aryl group and Ak is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted alkylene group. In particular embodiments, the unsubstituted arylsulfonylalkyl group is a C4-20 aryl-S02-Ci-i2 alkyl group or a C4-12 aryl-S02-Ci-6 alkyl group or a C4.18 aryl-S02-Ci-6 alkyl group.
By "azido" is meant an -N3 group.
By "azo" is meant an -N=N- group.
By "azidoalkyl" is meant an azido group attached to the parent molecular group through an alkyl group, as defined herein.
By "carbonyl" is meant a -C(O)- group, which can also be represented as >C=0. By "carboxyaldehyde" is meant a -C(0)H group.
By "carboxyaldehydealkyl" is meant a carboxyaldehyde group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an alkylene group, as defined herein.
By "carboxyl" is meant a -CO2H group.
By "cyano" is meant a -CN group.
By "cycloalkyl" is meant a monovalent saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group of from three to eight carbons, unless otherwise specified, and is exemplified by cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,
bicyclo[2.2.1.Jheptyl and the like. The cycloalkyl group can also be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, the cycloalkyl group can be substituted with one or more groups including those described herein for alkyl.
By "cycloalkoxy" is meant a cycloalkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
By "dithiocarboxyamino" is meant - RN1C(S)SRS1, where each of RN1 and RS1 is, independently, H or optionally substituted alkyl; or where a combination of RN1 and RS1, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
By "halo" is meant F, CI, Br, or I.
By "haloalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted with one or more halo.
By "heteroalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, containing one, two, three, or four non-carbon heteroatoms (e.g., independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, or halo).
By "heteroalkylene" is meant a divalent form of an alkylene group, as defined herein, containing one, two, three, or four non-carbon heteroatoms (e.g., independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, or halo). By "heteroalkyleneoxy" is meant a heteroalkylene group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
By "heteroaryl" is meant a subset of heterocyclyl groups, as defined herein, which are aromatic, i.e., they contain 4n+2 pi electrons within the mono- or multicyclic ring system.
By "heterocyclyl" is meant a 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring, unless otherwise specified, containing one, two, three, or four non-carbon heteroatoms (e.g., independently selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, or halo). The 5-membered ring has zero to two double bonds and the 6- and 7-membered rings have zero to three double bonds. The term "heterocyclyl" also includes bicyclic, tricyclic and tetracyclic groups in which any of the above heterocyclic rings is fused to one, two, or three rings independently selected from the group consisting of an aryl ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, and another monocyclic heterocyclic ring, such as indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl and the like. Heterocyclics include thiiranyl, thietanyl, tetrahydrothienyl, thianyl, thiepanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, azepanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, homopiperidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidiniyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl, isoindazoyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, uricyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrimidyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, dihydrothienyl,
dihydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, dithiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, and the like.
By "heterocyclyloxy" is meant a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an oxygen atom.
By "heterocyclyloyl" is meant a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group.
By "hydroxyl" is meant -OH.
By "hydroxy alkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by one to three hydroxyl groups, with the proviso that no more than one hydroxyl group may be attached to a single carbon atom of the alkyl group and is exemplified by hydroxymethyl, dihydroxypropyl, and the like.
By "imine" is meant -CRL1=N-, where RL1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl.
By "imino" is meant - H-. By "nitrilo" is meant -N<. Exemplary nitrilo groups include - R -, where R is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo.
By "nitro" is meant an -N02 group.
By "nitroalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by one to three nitro groups.
By "nitroso" is meant an -NO group.
By "oxo" is meant an =0 group.
By "oxy" is meant -0-.
By "perfluoroalkyl" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, having each hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Exemplary perfluoroalkyl groups include
trifluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, etc.
By "perfluoroalkylene" is meant an alkylene group, as defined herein, having each hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom. Exemplary perfluoroalkylene groups include difluoromethylene, tetrafluoroethylene, etc.
By "perfluoroalkyleneoxy" is meant a perfluoroalkylene group, as defined herein, having an oxy group attached to either end of the perfluoroalkylene group. Exemplary perfluoroalkylene groups include, e.g., -OCfF2f - or -CfF2fO- where f is an integer from about 1 to 5, and 2f is an integer that is 2 times f (e.g., difluoromethyleneoxy,
tetrafluoroethyleneoxy, etc.).
By "perfluoroalkoxy" is meant an alkoxy group, as defined herein, having each hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom.
By "phosphine" is meant a -PRL3- group, where RL3 is H or optionally substituted alkyl.
By "phosphono" is meant a -P(0)(OH)2 group.
By "phosphonoyl" is meant a -P(0)H- group.
By "phosphoric ester" is meant a -0-PO(OH)2 group.
By "phosphoryl" is meant a -P(0)< group.
By "protecting group" is meant any group intended to protect a reactive group against undesirable synthetic reactions. Commonly used protecting groups are disclosed in
"Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis," John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2007 (4th ed., eds. P.G.M. Wuts and T.W. Greene), which is incorporated herein by reference. O-protecting groups include an optionally substituted alkyl group (e.g., forming an ether with reactive group O), such as methyl, methoxy methyl, methylthiomethyl, benzoyloxymethyl, t-butoxy methyl, etc.; an optionally substituted alkanoyl group (e.g., forming an ester with the reactive group O), such as formyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, fluoroacetyl (e.g., perfluoroacetyl), methoxyacetyl, pivaloyl, t-butyl acetyl, phenoxyacetyl, etc.; an optionally substituted aryloyl group (e.g., forming an ester with the reactive group O), such as -C(0)-Ar, including benzoyl; an optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group (e.g., forming an alkyl sulfonate with reactive group O), such as -SO2-R , where R is optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, such as mesyl or benzylsulfonyl; an optionally substituted arylsulfonyl group (e.g., forming an aryl sulfonate with reactive group O), such as
-SO2-R , where R is optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, such as tosyl or phenyl sulfonyl; an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., forming a carbonate with reactive group O), such as -C(0)-ORT1, where RT1 is optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, such as methoxycarbonyl, methoxymethylcarbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), or benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz); or an optionally substituted silyl group (e.g., forming a silyl ether with reactive group O), such as -Si-(R )3, where each R is, independently, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, such as trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, or t-butyldiphenylsilyl. N-protecting groups include, e.g., formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, alanyl, phenylsulfonyl, benzyl, Boc, and Cbz. Such protecting groups can employ any useful reagent to cleave the protecting group, thereby restoring the reactivity of the unprotected reactive group.
By "salt" is meant an ionic form of a compound or structure (e.g., any formulas, compounds, or compositions described herein), which includes a cation or anion compound to form an electrically neutral compound or structure. Salts are well known in the art. For example, non-toxic salts are described in Berge SM et al., "Pharmaceutical salts," J. Pharm. Sci. 1977 Jan;66(l): l-19; and in "Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use," Wiley-VCH, Apr. 2011 (2nd rev. ed., eds. P.H. Stahl and C.G. Wermuth. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention or separately by reacting the free base group with a suitable organic acid (thereby producing an anionic salt) or by reacting the acid group with a suitable metal or organic salt (thereby producing a cationic salt). Representative anionic salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bicarbonate, bisulfate, bitartrate, borate, bromide, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, chloride, citrate,
cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dihydrochloride, diphosphate, dodecyl sulfate, edetate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glucomate, glutamate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydroxyethanesulfonate, hydroxynaphthoate, iodide, lactate, lactobionate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, mandelate, mesylate, methanesulfonate, methylbromide, methylnitrate, methyl sulfate, mucate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, polygalacturonate, propionate, salicylate, stearate, subacetate, succinate, sulfate, tannate, tartrate, theophyllinate, thiocyanate, triethiodide, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Representative cationic salts include metal salts, such as alkali or alkaline earth salts, e.g., barium, calcium (e.g., calcium edetate), lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, and the like; other metal salts, such as aluminum, bismuth, iron, and zinc; as well as ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, pyridinium, and the like. Other cationic salts include organic salts, such as chloroprocaine, choline, dibenzylethylenediamine,
diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, methylglucamine, and procaine. Yet other cationic groups (e.g., resonance stabilized cationic groups) include imidazolium, benzimidazolium, amidinium, guanidinium, phosphazinium, phosphazenium, pyridinium, etc., as well as other cationic groups described herein.
By "spirocyclyl" is meant an alkylene diradical, both ends of which are bonded to the same carbon atom of the parent group to form a spirocyclyl group and also a heteroalkylene diradical, both ends of which are bonded to the same atom.
By "sulfinyl" is meant an -S(O)- group.
By "sulfo" is meant an -S(0)2OH group.
By "sulfone" is meant R'-S(0)2-R", where R' and R" is an organic moiety.
Exemplary groups for R' and R" include, independently, optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkaryl, alkheterocyclyl, alkcycloalkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkyl sulfinylalkyl, alkylsulfonylalkyl, aminoalkyl, aryl, arylalkoxy, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aryloyl, arylsulfonyl,
arylsulfonylalkyl, azidoalkyl, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyaldehydealkyl, carboxyl, cyano, cycloalkyl, cycloalkoxy, haloalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyloxy,
heterocyclyloyl, hydroxyalkyl, nitroalkyl, perfluoroalkyl, perfluoroalkoxy, spirocyclyl, thioalkaryl, thioalkheterocyclyl, or thioalkoxy, as defined herein. The sulfone can be unsubstituted or substituted. For example, the sulfone can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl and/or aryl.
By "sulfonyl" is meant an -S(0)2- group. By "sulfonamide" is meant an -S(0)2- R - or an— NR -S(0)2— group, in which RLi is any useful moiety. Exemplary RL3 groups include H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo.
By "thio" is meant an -S- group
By "thioalkaryl" is meant a thioalkoxy group, as defined herein, substituted with an aryl group, as defined herein.
By "thioalkheterocyclyl" is meant a thioalkoxy group, as defined herein, substituted with a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
By "thioalkoxy" is meant an alkyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through a sulfur atom. Exemplary unsubstituted thioalkoxy groups include Ci-6 thioalkoxy.
By "thioamido" is meant -C(S) RN1RN2, where each of RN1 and RN2 is,
independently, H or optionally substituted alkyl; or where a combination of RN1 and RN2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein.
By "thiol" is meant an -SH group.
By "triflate" is meant an -OS02-CF3 or -OTf group.
By "triflimide" is meant an -N(S02-CF3)2 or -NTf2 group.
By "trifyl" or "Tf is meant an -S02-CF3 group.
By "attaching," "attachment," or related word forms is meant any covalent or non-covalent bonding interaction between two components. Non-covalent bonding interactions include, without limitation, hydrogen bonding, ionic interactions, halogen bonding, electrostatic interactions, π bond interactions, hydrophobic interactions, inclusion complexes, clathration, van der Waals interactions, and combinations thereof.
As used herein, the terms "top," "bottom," "upper," "lower," "above," and "below" are used to provide a relative relationship between structures. The use of these terms does not indicate or require that a particular structure must be located at a particular location in the apparatus.
Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following description and the claims. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1A-1B shows exemplary structures having formula (II) or (IIA). Provided is (A) an exemplary reaction scheme for reacting an initial polymer structure having formula (IA) in the presence of one or more reactive handles (RH), thereby providing a polymer structure having formula (IB). Each of initial polymer structures having formula (IA) or (IB) can then be reacted with one or more cationic moieties (RA or RA ) to provide a polymer structure having formula (II). Alternatively, the initial polymer structure having formula (IB) can be reacted with one or more precursor cationic moieties (RA*), which in turn can be reacted (e.g., with one or more alkylating reagents, such as R7-XR) to provide a cationic moiety (RA) bearing a positive charge. Also provided is (B) a structure having formula (IIA), in which pendent aiyl groups (labeled Arl to Ar6), backbone aiyl groups (labeled Ar7 to Ar9), and aiyl groups configured to support a cationic moiety RA or a cationic functionality RA1 (labeled A ).
FIG. 2A-2B shows schematics of exemplary polymer structures having one or more cationic moieties (RA). Provided are exemplary polymer structures (A) having formulas (Ila) to (Ilf) and (B) having formulas (Ilg) to (Ilj).
FIG. 3A-3C shows schematics of exemplary reagents having one or more reactive end groups (e.g., RL or an aiyl group including RH). Provided are exemplary reagent structures (A) having formula (III), (B) having formula (Ilia) or (Illb), and (C) having formula (IIIc) or (Hid).
FIG. 4A-4C shows schematics of exemplary copolymer structures having a first segment, a linking segment, and a second segment. Provided are exemplary polymer structures (A) having formula (IV), (B) having formula (V), and (C) having formula (Va).
FIG. 5A-5B shows schematics of exemplary polymer structures having one or more cationic moieties (RA), which in turn includes an aiyl group ArA. Provided are exemplary polymer structures (A) having formulas (Ilk) to (Hp) that include a linker (LA) and an aiyl group (ArA) having one or more cationic functionalities, in which a is an integer; and (B) having formulas (Ilq) and (Ilr) that include a phenyl group, one more cationic functionalities (RA1), and a linker (LA1) connecting RA1 to the parent phenyl group, in which each of a and al is, independently, an integer.
FIG. 6A-6B shows schematics of further exemplary polymer structures including one more cationic functionalities (RA1) and a linker (LA1), in which al is an integer. Provided are exemplary polymer structure (A) having formulas (II-l) to (Π-4) and (B) having formulas (II-5) to (11-10). FIG. 7 shows a schematic of an exemplary reaction scheme to provide polymer structures with one or more cationic moieties including an alkylated guanidinium moiety. In this scheme, the aryl group is first installed on the DAPP structure, and then the precursor cationic moiety is installed. Provided is an exemplary reaction of a labeled Diels- Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (labeled "F-labeled DAPP") in the presence of a reagent including an aryl group (e.g., Ar-C(0)-X, such as (F)-Phe-C(O)-Cl) to from a reactive DAPP having two reactive handles RH including an aryl group. Then, the reactive DAPP is reacted with a precursor cationic moiety (e.g., a guanidine reagent, such as 1, 1,3,3-tetramethyl guanidine) to produce guanidine DAPP, which in turn is reacted with a reagent (e.g., an alkylating reagent R7X) to form a guanidinium DAPP (11-11) having two cationic moieties. Finally, an optional anion exchange reaction can be conducted to form a guanidinium DAPP (11-12) having an anionic moiety B.
FIG. 8 shows a schematic of another exemplary reaction scheme to provide polymer structures with one or more cationic moieties including an alkylated guanidinium moiety. In this scheme, the aryl group and the precursor cationic moiety is installed at the same time. Provided is an exemplary reaction of a Diels- Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) in the presence of a reagent to install a reactive handle (e.g., a handle including a sulfonyl group, such as -SO2CI), thereby forming a reactive DAPP. Then, this structure is reacted with an aryl group further including a precursor cationic moiety (e.g., an aryl guanidine reagent) to produce guanidine DAPP, which in turn is reacted with a reagent (e.g., an alkylating reagent R7X) to form a guanidinium DAPP (11-13) having three cationic moieties. Optionally, an anion exchange reaction can be conducted to form a DAPP having an anionic moiety B (e.g., any described herein).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to polymer structures having various cationic moieties
RA. In particular non-limiting embodiments, such cationic moieties RA can include an aryl group ArA (e.g., an uncharged, optionally substituted aryl group) attached to one or more cationic functionalities RA1, which bear a cationic charge. Alternatively, the cationic moiety RA itself can be a cationically charged, optionally substituted aryl group. Described herein are structures for such polymers having cationic moieties, as well as methods for making and functionalizing such polymers. Polymers
The present invention encompasses polymers, including copolymers. Exemplary polymer include any described herein, such as non-limiting generic structure provided in formulas (II), (IIA), (Ila), (lib), (lie), (lid), (He), (Ilf), (Hg), (Hh), (Hi), (Ilj), (Ilk), (III), (Ilm), (Iln), (IIo), (Hp), (Ilq), (Ilr), (lis), (lit), (IIu), (IIv), (IIw), (IIx), (III), (Ilia), (Illb), (IIIc), (Hid), (IV), (V), and (Va), as well as particular structures provided as structures
(II-l), (II-2), (II-3), (II-4), (II-5), (II-6), (II-7), (II-8), (II-9), (11-10), (11-11), (11-12), and (11-13), including salts thereof (e.g., anionic salts thereof, such as halide (e.g., chloride), sulfate, bisulfate, sulfite, bisulfite, carbonate, bicarbonate, hypochlorite, perchlorate, chlorate, phosphate, monohydrogen phosphate, acetate, formate, oxalate, etc.) or forms thereof including a counter ion (e.g., hydroxide).
Of these, formulas (III), (Ilia), (Illb), (IIIc), (Hid), (V), and (Va) are considered to be reagents having one or more reactive end groups. Formula (IV) is considered to be a copolymer. In particular embodiments, the copolymer of the invention includes a first segment, a second segment, and at least one linking segment connecting at least one first segment with at least one second segment. The second segment can be a hydrophilic segment or a hydrophobic segment. The first segment can include at least one cationic moiety RA.
In one embodiment, a polymer includes the structure of formula (II), including salts thereof. As can be seen in FIG. 1A, formula (II) is a generic structure encompassing other structures (e.g., formula (Ha)). The polymer can include any useful number of cationic moieties RA disposed on pendent aryl groups and/or backbone aryl groups. The polymer can include any useful type of cationic moieties (e.g., cationic moieties RA or cationic
functionalities RA1), as well as any useful number of such moieties (e.g., a moieties, where a can be 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5).
As further seen in FIG. 1A, various initial polymers can be employed to arrive at a polymer including the structure of formula (II). In one non-limiting instance, an initial DAPP polymer having formula (IA) can include one or more pendent substituents R3 and backbone substituents R1. Then, one or more cationic moieties RA can be installed on the pendent and/or backbone groups of the DAPP polymer to provide formula (II). In another instance, one or more reactive handles RH are installed on one or more pendent or backbone groups of the DAPP polymer to provide a further polymer having formula (IB). Then, this further polymer (IB) can be reacted with reagents having one or more cationic moieties RA , in which RA is -RH*-RA , where RH* is derived from RH and is formed after reacting with RA . In yet another instance, polymer (IB) is reacted with a precursor cationic moiety R to form a polymer having formula (IC). Then, the RA* can be reacted with an alkylating reagent (e.g., R7-XR) to form a moiety having a cationic charge, in which RA is -RA* -R7, where R is derived from R and is formed after reacting with R . In one example, the precursor cationic moiety RA* includes a tertiary amine, and use of an alkylating reagent forms a moiety including a quaternary amine that has a cationic charge. Accordingly, any useful synthetic scheme can be employed to install cationic moieties or precursor cationic moieties on the DAPP polymers.
FIG. IB provides structural characteristics of an exemplary polymer of the invention. As can be seen, formula (IIA) includes various aryl groups. Of these, the pendent aryl groups are labeled Arl to Ar6, and the backbone aryl groups are labeled Ar7 to Ar9. In some instances, the polymer includes further aryl groups ArA connected to the pendent and/or backbone aryl groups (e.g., by way of one or more linkers LA), where ArA is an optionally substituted aryl group including one or more cationic functionalities or cationic moieties. In one instance, ArA is substituted with one or more -LA1-RA1, in which LA1 is a linker and RA1 is a cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein). In another instance, ArA includes a cationic moiety RA (e.g., any described herein).
The polymer can include any useful type of pendent substituents (e.g., pendent substituents RA and/or R3), as well as any useful number of such substituents on each aryl group (e.g., a substituents for RA and/or q substituents for R3, where each of a and q is, independently, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). For any structure described herein, each R3 is,
independently, a cationic moiety (RA), a precursor cationic moiety (RA*, which upon reaction with any useful reagent provides the cationic moiety RA), a cationic functionality (RA1), a precursor cationic functionality (RA1*, which upon reaction with any useful reagent provides the cationic functionality RA1), a reactive handle (RH), an acidic moiety (e.g., Rs, Rp, Rc, or any described herein), an electron-withdrawing moiety (e.g., RF or any described herein), or an inert substituent (e.g., H, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, etc.). In some embodiments, each and every R3 is, independently, RA, RA*, RA1, RA1*, RH, Rs, RP, Rc, or RF. In some embodiments, fully substituted pendent groups (e.g., R3 is not H) can provide polymers with enhanced proton conduction and durability characteristics.
The polymer can also include any useful backbone structure. For instance, in formula (II), the backbone includes three groups, i.e., two R^substituted aryl groups and a bridging group ArL optionally including a cationic moiety RA. The polymer can include any useful type of backbone substituents (e.g., backbone substituents R1 or RA disposed on a backbone aryl group), as well as any useful number of such substituents on each group (e.g., a substituents for RA and/or q substituents for R1, where each of a and q is, independently, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). For any structure described herein, each R1 is, independently, a cationic moiety (RA), a precursor cationic moiety (RA*), a cationic functionality (RA1), a precursor cationic functionality (RA1*), a reactive handle (RH), an acidic moiety (e.g., Rs, RP, Rc, or any described herein), an electron-withdrawing moiety (e.g., RF or any described herein), or an inert substituent (e.g., H, halo, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, etc.). In some embodiments, each and every R1 is, independently, RA, RA*, RH, Rs, Rp, Rc, or RF.
Each of bridging group ArL and connecting group ArM can be any useful bivalent linker. In particular embodiments, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, includes an optionally substituted arylene group. In some embodiments, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, an optionally substituted arylene group. In other embodiments, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 RA substituent(s), RA* substituent(s), RA1 substituent(s), RA1* substituent(s), RH substituent(s), Rs substituent(s), RP substituent(s),
C F
R substituent(s), R substituent(s), or label(s). Exemplary labels include a detectable label, such as an MR label (e.g., fluorine, such as 19F; nitrogen, e.g., 15N; or oxygen, e.g., 170), a spin label, an isotopic label, a mass label, a fluorescent label, a dye, etc.
In yet other embodiments, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, configured to reduce meta linkages. Thus, in some instances, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, a bivalent linker formed by removing a hydrogen atom from opposite faces of an aryl group. Examples of such linkers include 1,4-benzenediyl (or 1,4-phenylene), 2,7-phenanthrylene (or 2,7-phenanthrenediyl), 1,5-naphthylene (or 1,5-napthalenediyl), etc. For example, the polymer can include a structure of Formula (lid) having ArL as a R^substituted
1,4-phenylene and ArM as an R2-substituted, RA-substituted 1,4-phenylene.
A polymer can include any useful number of structures of formula (II). In some embodiments, the polymer includes m structures, where m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000 (e.g., 1 to 500).
Cationic moieties RA can be present on the same polymer or on the same segment of the polymer with any other different type of substitutions, e.g., RH substitutions, acidic
S P C F
substitutions (e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof), and/or R
substitutions. In one instance, cationic moieties could be installed in a strategic manner to provide resonance-stabilized cationic groups capable of binding and transporting anions. In particular, the use of acidic moieties and electron- withdrawing moieties could provide orthogonal chemistries to control and optimize performance (e.g., by employing acidic moieties to control ion conduction) and durability (e.g., by employing
electron-withdrawing moieties to reduce oxidation). Further, the presence of a reactive handle RH allows the polymer to be further functionalized (e.g., with one or more functional groups, which can be any groups described herein, including those described for RA, RA*, RA1, RA1*, Rs, Rp, Rc, and/or RF). In one instance, each pendent aryl group is substituted with an RA, an RA*, an RA1, an RA1*, an RH, an Rs, an Rp, an Rc, and/or an RF. Optionally, one or more backbone aryl groups can be further substituted with an RA, an RA*, an RA1, an RA1*, an RH, an Rs, an Rp, an Rc, and/or an RF.
As seen in FIG. 2A, formulas (Ila) to (Ilf) provide polymers having various combinations of structures for the bridging group ArL and the connecting group ArM, as well as having various substitution patterns including an a number of RA groups. For example, formula (Ila) includes a connecting group ArM; formula (lib) includes a connecting group that is a R2- substituted 1,4-phenylene group; formula (lie) includes a connecting group that
2 A
is a R -substituted, R -substituted 1,4-phenylene group; formula (lid) includes a bridging group that is a R^substituted 1,4-phenylene group and a connecting group that is a R2- substituted 1,4-phenylene group; formula (He) includes a bridging group that is a R1-
2 A
substituted 1,4-phenylene group, a connecting group that is a R -substituted, R -substituted 1,4-phenylene group, and a substitution pattern including RA on three pendent aryl groups; and formula (Ilf) includes a bridging group that is a R^substituted 1,4-phenylene group, a connecting group that is a
2 A
R -substituted 1,4-phenylene group, and a substitution pattern including exclusively R or R on the pendent aryl groups.
As seen in FIG. 2B, formulas (Ilg) to (Ilj) provide polymers having various RA substituents on pendent aryl groups, bridging group, and/or connecting group. For instance, formula (Ilg) provides a polymer having RA substituents on some of the pendent aryl groups but R2 substituents on the connecting group, whereas formula (Ilh) provides a polymer having RA substituents on both the pendent aryl groups and the connecting group. In other instances, formulas (Ilg) to (Ilj) provide polymers having various levels of RA substitution. As can be seen, formulas (Ilg) and (Ilh) include RA substituents on three of the pendent aryl groups. In another instance, formula (Hi) includes RA substituents on all pendent and backbone aryl groups, whereas formula (Ilj) includes RA substituents on all pendent aryl groups. The present invention encompasses any useful substitution pattern of one or more RA substituents on pendent, backbone, bridging, and/or connecting aryl groups.
Polymer reagents
The present invention also includes reagents having any useful polymer segment described herein. For instance, the reagent can include a polymer segment disposed between two reactive end groups, where each end group can be the same or different. The polymer segment can be any described herein (e.g., a structure provided in formula (II), (Ha), (lib), (lie), (lid), (He), (Ilf), (Ilg), (Hh), (Hi), (Ilj), (Ilk), (III), (Urn), (Iln), (IIo), (Hp), (Ilq), (Ilr), (lis), (lit), (IIu), (IIv), (IIw), and (IIx), as well as particular structures provided as structures (II-l), (II-2), (II-3), (II-4), (II-5), (II-6), (II-7), (II-8), (II-9), (11-10), (11-11), (11-12), and (11-13), as well as salts of any of these). In addition, the polymer segment can include a second segment (e.g., Ar*), such as any described herein.
Optionally, a sublink L' can be present between the polymer segment and a reactive end group. The sublink L' can be composed of any useful linkage, such as any described herein (e.g., those described for linking segment L or LA).
The reactive end group can be any useful group configured to react with a second reactive end group. In this way, ordered copolymer block structures can be synthesized by selectively placing reactive end groups on the ends of blocks or segments to form polymer reagents, and then reacting that polymer reagent to place the segments in an end-to-end fashion in the copolymer. A skilled artisan would understand how to place reactive end groups in a polymer reagent in order to form a copolymer with the desired configuration or order.
The reactive end group RL is usually placed on the ends of a first polymer reagent, as well as on the ends of the second polymer reagent. Then, a first reactive end group on the first polymer reagent reacts with the second reactive end group on a second polymer reagent. The first and second reactive end groups can be chosen from a pair of co-reactive groups. For example, such pairs of co-reactive groups include (i) a nucleophile for use with (ii) an electrophile; (i) an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., having a -C(0)R! group, where R1 is an aryl group having one or more halo) for use with (ii) an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., having a -ORPr group, where RPr is H or an O-protecting group that can be deprotected prior to conducting a reaction); (i) an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., having a - C(0)R! group, where R1 is an aryl group having one or more halo) for use with (ii) an optionally substituted alkoxy group (e.g., such as -ORPr, where RPr is H or an O-protecting group that can be deprotected prior to conducting a reaction); (i) an optionally substituted aryl group for use with (ii) an optionally substituted alkoxy group (e.g., such as -ORPr, where RPr is H or an O-protecting group that can be deprotected prior to conducting a reaction); (i) an optionally substituted alkynyl group for use with (ii) an optionally substituted azido group, which can participate in a Huisgen 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition reaction; as well as (i) an optionally substituted diene having a 4π electron system for use with (ii) an optionally substituted dienophile or an optionally substituted heterodienophile having a 2π electron system, which can participate in a Diels- Alder reaction. For the co-reactive groups above, reagent (i) reacts with reagent (ii) in each pair. In one instance, the reactive group is RH (e.g., any described herein).
An exemplary polymer reagent is provided as structure (III) in FIG. 3A. As can be seen, polymer reagent (III) includes a two reactive end groups RL with a polymer segment (in brackets) placed between the reactive end groups. For this exemplary reagent, the optional sublink L' is located between the polymer segment and one of the reactive end groups. For reagent (III), the polymer segment is that of formula (II), but any formula or structure herein can be employed for this polymer segment.
Further exemplary polymer reagents are provided as structure (Ilia) to (Hid) in FIG. 3B-3C. Exemplary reagents include a polymer having structure (Ilia) to (Hid),
which includes a sublink having a structure similar to that of Formula (II) but lacking aryl group ArM.
Copolymers
The present invention also includes copolymers. In one embodiment, the copolymer includes the structure of formula (IV), including salts thereof or forms thereof including a counter ion. As can be seen in FIG. 4A, formula (IV) is a generic structure. Similar to formula (II) described above, the copolymer structure includes RA-substituted pendent and/or backbone aryl groups, backbone substituents R1, pendent substituents R3, bridging group ArL, connecting group ArM, and m units. Thus, the description for these substituents provided for formula (II) applies equally to formula (IV). In some embodiments, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, an optionally substituted phenylene. In other embodiments, each of ArL and ArM is, independently, an optionally substituted 1,4-phenylene, e.g., ArL as a R1- substituted 1,4-phenylene and/or Ar^1 as an R2-substituted 1,4-phenylene.
FIG. 4B provides formula (V), which is another generic structure including a first segment, a linking segment, a second segment, and two reactive end groups RL. The first segment can be any described herein (e.g., a structure having formula (II)). The reactive end group RL can be any described herein. As seen in FIG. 4C, the structure of formula (Va) includes a reactive end group RL that is an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., an aryl group having h number of RH groups).
Formulas (IV) and (V) also include additional groups, including a linking segment L and a second segment Ar* of n units. The linking segment L can be any useful linkage (e.g., any herein), including those to form a covalent bond between the two segments. In some embodiments, the linking segment includes those composed of structures, or a portion of such structures, in the first segment and/or the second segment. Exemplary linking segments L include a covalent bond, an optionally substituted alkylene, an optionally substituted heteroalkylene, an optionally substituted alkyleneoxy, an optionally substituted
heteroalkyleneoxy, an optionally substituted arylene, an optionally substituted aryleneoxy, an Ar* unit, or a structure of formula (II).
The copolymer having formulas (IV) and (V) can have any useful second segment Ar*. In some embodiments, Ar* includes a structure of formula (II) (e.g., where each R3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, RA, RA*, RA1, RA1*, RF, Rs, and/or Rp substituents); a
hydrophobic subunit; a sulfone subunit (e.g., a subunit including an -S02- group); an arylene sulfone subunit (e.g.,-(Ar)a-S02-(Ar)b- where Ar is an optionally substituted arylene group, as defined herein, and each a and b is an integer of about 0 to 10 and at least one of a or b is 1 or more); an ether sulfone subunit (e.g., -(X1)a-S02-(X2)b-0- or -X1-0-X2-S02-, where each X1 and X2 is, independently, any useful group, such as optionally substituted arylene or optionally substituted alkylene, and each a and b is an integer of about 0 to 10 and at least one of a or b is 1 or more); an arylene ether subunit (e.g., -(Ar)a-0-(Ar)b- where Ar is an optionally substituted arylene group, as defined herein, and each a and b is an integer of about 0 to 10 and at least one of a or b is 1 or more); an arylene ketone subunit (e.g., -
(Ar)a-C(0)-(Ar)b-, where Ar is an optionally substituted arylene group, as defined herein, and each a and b is an integer of about 0 to 10 and at least one of a or b is 1 or more); a perfluoroalkyl subunit (e.g., -(CF2)n- where fl is an integer of 1 to about 16); or a perfluoroalkoxy subunit (e.g., -0(CF2)fi- -(CF2)fiO- -0(CF2)fiCF(CF3)0(CF2)f2-, >CFO(CF2)fiCF(CF3)0(CF2)f2- where each fl and £2 is, independently, an integer of 1 to about 16).
In some embodiments, formulas (IV) and (V) include a second segment Ar* that is a hydrophobic segment. In some embodiments, the second segment Ar* is a hydrophobic segment having one or more electron-withdrawing moieties (e.g., RF). In particular embodiments, each pendent aryl group in the polymer or a segment thereof is substituted with an RF substitution, where each substitution may be the same or different. In other embodiments, both pendent and backbone aryl groups are each, independently, substituted with an RF substitution.
In other embodiments, formulas (IV) and (V) include a second segment Ar* that is a hydrophilic segment. In some embodiments, the second segment Ar* is a hydrophilic segment that includes the two R^substituted aryl groups and a bridging group ArL. Thus, in some embodiments, at least one substituent in this hydrophilic segment (e.g., substituents R1, R2, or R3) is a hydrophilic moiety (e.g., a cationic moiety RA, an acidic moiety, such as any
S P c
R , R , and/or R described herein, or any moiety including a sulfonyl group or a phosphoryl group). In some embodiments, the hydrophilic segment includes one or more cationic
S P C
moieties R , acidic moieties (e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof) on only the pendent aryl groups. Exemplary hydrophilic segments include those having
S P 1
R -substituted pendent aryl groups, R -substituted pendent aryl groups, and R -substituted b ackb one aryl group s .
A copolymer can include any useful number or ratio of first and second segments (e.g., hydrophilic and hydrophobic segments). In some embodiments, formulas (IV) and (V) include m number of first segments (e.g., hydrophilic segments) and n number of second segments (e.g., hydrophobic segments), where each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000. In other embodiments, the m (the number of first segments) is minimized in order to minimize swelling of the copolymer. For example, in some instances, m < n. In other instance, n is at least about 5 times greater than m (e.g., n is about 10 times greater than m, or n is about 20 times greater than m). In yet other instances, m is of from about 1 to 100, and n is of from about 5 to 500 (e.g., m is of from about 1 to 50, and n is of from about 5 to 500; m is of from about 1 to 50, and n is of from about 10 to 100; m is of from about 1 to 10, and n is of from about 5 to 500; m is of from about 1 to 20, and n is of from about 20 to 400; and m is of from about 1 to 10, and n is of from about 100 to 200). In some instances, m can be about 5.6 and n can be about 60.7 or 121.4. In other instances, m is of from about 1 to 20, and n is of from about 20 to 400.
For any polymer herein, including any copolymer herein, each and every R1 can be independently, RA, RA*, RA1, RA1*, RH, Rs, Rp, Rc, and/or RF. For instance, in some embodiments, each aryl group in the polymer or a segment thereof is substituted with an RA, an RA*, an RA1, an RA1*, an RH, an Rs, an Rp, and/or an Rc substitution, where each substitution may be the same or different. Cationic moieties RA can be present on the same polymer or on the same segment of the polymer with any other different type of substitutions,
S P c
e.g., R substitutions, acidic substitutions (e.g., R , R , and/or R , as well as combinations thereof), and RF substitutions. In particular, the use of acidic moieties and
electron-withdrawing moieties could provide orthogonal chemistries to control and optimize performance (e.g., by employing acidic moieties to control ion conduction) and durability (e.g., by employing electron- withdrawing moieties to reduce oxidation). Further, the presence of a reactive handle RH allows the polymer to be further functionalized (e.g., with one or more functional groups RA, RA*, RA1, RA1*, Rs, Rp, Rc, and/or RF). In one instance, each pendent aryl group is substituted with an RA, an RA*, an RA1, an RA1*, an RH, an Rs, an
P C F
R , an R , and/or an R . Optionally, one or more backbone aryl groups can be further substituted with an RA, an RA*, an RA1, an RA1*, an RH, an Rs, an Rp, an Rc, and/or an RF.
Cationic moiety and cationic functionality
In some embodiments, the polymers herein include the use of a cationic moiety that provides a substructure to support a cationic functionality, in which this cationic functionality actually includes a cationic charge. For example, an exemplary cationic moiety can include an optionally substituted phenyl group including a cationic functionality that is a quaternary ammonium (e.g., - H3 +) supporting a cationic charge. Exemplary cationic functionalities include an ammonium derivative (e.g., - RN1RN2RN3 or = RN1RN2 or > RN1RN2 or = RN1- or > RN1- or≡ RN1, where each of RN1 and RN2 and RN3 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl; or where RN1 and RN2 or where RN2 and RN3 taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein); a sulfonium derivative (e.g., - SR R , where each of R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino
S 1 S2
(e.g., any described herein)); a sulfoxonium derivative (e.g., -S(=0)R R , where each of
S 1 S2
R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino (e.g., any described herein)); a phosphonium derivative (e.g., -PRP1RP2RP3 or - RN1PRP1RP2RP3, where RN1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl, and where each of RP1 and RP2 and RP3 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino (e.g., any described herein)); a
Nl CI C2
phosphazenium derivative; or an iminium derivative (e.g., - R =CR R , where each of R and R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl).
In particular embodiments, the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety includes or is a heterocyclyl having a cationic charge. Exemplary cationic functionalities or cationic moieties include an optionally substituted isoxazolium, optionally substituted oxazolium, optionally substituted thiazolium, optionally substituted pyrrolium, optionally substituted furanium, optionally substituted thiophenium, optionally substituted imidazolium, optionally substituted pyrazolium, optionally substituted isothiazolium, optionally substituted triazolium, optionally substituted tetrazolium, optionally substituted furazanium, optionally substituted pyridinium, optionally substituted pyrimidinium, optionally substituted pyrazinium, optionally substituted triazinium, optionally substituted tetrazinium, optionally substituted pyridazinium, optionally substituted oxazinium, optionally substituted
pyrrolidinium, optionally substituted pyrazolidinium, optionally substituted imidazolinium, optionally substituted isoxazolidinium, optionally substituted oxazolidinium, optionally substituted piperazinium, optionally substituted piperidinium, optionally substituted morpholinium, optionally substituted azepanium, optionally substituted azepinium, optionally substituted indolium, optionally substituted isoindolium, optionally substituted indolizinium, optionally substituted indazolium, optionally substituted benzimidazolium, optionally substituted isoquinolinum, optionally substituted quinolizinium, optionally substituted dehydroquinolizinium, optionally substituted quinolinium, optionally substituted
isoindolinium, optionally substituted benzimidazolinium, and optionally substituted purinium, or salts thereof (e.g., anionic salts thereof).
In some embodiments, the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety is selected from the roup consisting of:
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
, and , or a salt thereof (e.g., an anionic salt thereof) or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each of RN1, RN2, RN3, and RN4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted
Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, where a combination of RN1 and RN2, a combination of RN1 and RN3, a combination of RN1 and RN4, or a combination of RN3 and RN4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group.
In other embodiments, each of Ra5, Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, Ral1, and Ral2 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted alkyl, where a
combination of Ra6 and Ra7, a combination of Ra7 and Ra8, a combination of Ra8 and Ra9, a combination of Ra9 and Ral°, a combination of Ral° and Ral1, or a combination of Ral1 and Ral2, taken together with the parent atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group or an aryl group. In yet other embodiments, each of a5, a6, a7, a8, a% and a10 is, independently, C, N, O, or S, in which at least one of a5, a6, a7, a8, and a9 within a five- membered ring is N, O, or S and at least one of a5, a6, a7, a8, a% and a10 within a six- membered ring is N, O, or S. In some embodiments, the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety includes or is a cationic heteroaryl group. In yet other embodiments, each of Ra5, Ra6, a7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, Ral1, and Ral2 is, independently, any functional group described herein for
Figure imgf000034_0002
a guanidium derivative. In some embodiments, the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety is selected from the group consisting of: and
Figure imgf000035_0001
(n~e) or a salt thereof (e.g., an anionic salt thereof) or a form thereof including a counter ion. In particular embodiments, each of RN1, RN2, RN3, and RN4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4-18 aryl, optionally substituted C1.6 alk-C4.i8 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, where a combination of RN1 and RN2, a combination of RN1 and RN3, a combination of RN1 and RN4, or a combination of RN3 and RN4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group.
Other atoms may be employed to support a cationic charge (e.g., other atoms such as phosphorous or sulfur). The cationic functionality or cationic moiety may include a phosphazenium derivative. In one non-limiting instance, the cationic functionality or the cationic moiet is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000035_0002
salt thereof (e.g., an anionic salt thereof) or a form thereof including a counter ion. In particular embodiments, each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3-12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, where a combination of RN1 and RN2, a combination of RN1 and RN3, a combination of RN1 and RN4, a combination of RN3 and RN4 or a combination of RN5 and RN6, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group.
In another instance, the cationic functionality or cationic moiety may include a sulfur-containing derivative (e.g., a sulfonium derivative or a sulfoxonium derivative). In one non-limiting instance, the cationic functionality or the cationic moiety is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000036_0001
(u~h) and , or a salt thereof (e.g., an anionic salt thereof) or a form thereof including a counter ion. In particular embodiments, each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, and RN7 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4-18 aryloxy, where a combination of RN1 and RN2, a combination of RN1 and RN3, a combination of RN1 and RN4, or a combination of RN3 and RN4, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group.
In some embodiments, the cationic moiety RA includes -LA-ArA, in which ArA is an optionally substituted aryl. In particular embodiments LA is any useful covalent bond or any useful linker (e.g., any described herein). In some embodiments, ArA includes one or more cationic functionalities (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative) and can further be substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
Additional cationic moieties and cationic functionalities are described in Kim DS et al., "Resonance stabilized perfluorinated ionomers for alkaline membrane fuel cells," Macromolecules 2013;46(19):7826-33; as well as U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,582,683, 7,846,980, 8,227,147, 8,492,049, 8,530,109, 9,048,480, and 9,051,431, and U.S. Pat. Pub. No.
2012/0225371, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. FIG. 5A provides exemplary polymers having a structure that includes an RA substituent that is -LA-ArA. As can be seen, the polymer can include one or more a number of RA that is -LA-ArA. In some embodiments, the ArA aryl-containing RA substituent is installed on each aryl group of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Ilk)). In other embodiments, the ArA aryl-containing RA substituent is installed on each pendent aryl group of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (III)). In yet other embodiments, the ArA aryl-containing RA substituent is installed on three pendent aryl groups of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Ilm)). In other embodiments, the ArA aryl- containing RA substituent is installed on two pendent aryl groups of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Iln)).
The RA substituent can be installed at any position on the pendent aryl groups or the connecting aryl group. In some embodiments, the ArA aryl-containing RA substituent is installed para to the parent pendent aryl group. As seen in the structure having formula (IIo) and (Hp), the polymer includes -LA-ArA substituents that are installed para to the other bond that attaches the pendent aryl group (substituted with R3 substituents) or the connecting group ArM to the backbone aryl group (substituted with R1 substituents).
In some embodiments, the ArA aryl-containing RA substituent is -LA-ArA, in which ArA is a phenyl group substituted with any number al of -LA1-RA1 substituents. Furthermore, any number a of such RA substituents can be installed on each aryl group. RA1 can be any useful substituent including a cationic charge, such as a cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative). As seen in FIG. 5B, in other
embodiments, the RA1 substituent is installed on three pendent aryl groups of the polymer (e.g., as in a structure having formula (Ilq) with further R4 substituents on the ArA group, or as in a structure having formula (Ilr) lacking R4 substituents).
In other embodiments, the RA1 substituent is installed on each pendent aryl group. As seen FIG. 5B, the LA linkage connects the pendent aryl group to the ArA group in a para manner on all six pendent aryl groups of the polymer, and the LA1 linker connects the RA1 substituents to the ArA group in a para manner (e.g., as in a structure having formula (lis) or formula (lit)).
A precursor cationic moiety includes a non-ionized version of any cationic moiety. Likewise, a precursor cationic functionality includes a non-ionized version of any cationic functionality described herein. For instance, if the cationic moiety or the cationic functionality includes a guanidinium derivative (including a quaternary amino), then the counterpart precursor cationic moiety or functionality includes a guanidine derivative
(including a non-ionized, non-charged tertiary amino). Similarly, a skilled artisan would understand how to arrive at non-ionized, non-charged counterparts from any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein.
Exemplary precursor cationic moieties and precursor cationic functionalities include a heterocyclyl (e.g., any described herein); an amino derivative, e.g., any amino derivative that can be functionalized to carry a charge, thereby providing an ammonium derivative (e.g., such as by reacting the amino derivative with an alkylating reagent R7-XR or RN3-XL or RN2-XL, in which R7, RN2, RN3, XR, and XL are any described herein), where exemplary amino derivatives include - RN1RN2 or = RN1 or > RN1 or =N- or >N- or≡N, where each of RN1 and RN2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl, or where a combination of RN1 and RN2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein; a thioether derivative, e.g., any thioether derivative that can be functionalized to carry a charge, thereby providing a sulfonium derivative (e.g., such as by reacting the thioether derivative with an alkylating reagent R 1 -X R or R S2 -X L , in which R 1 , R S2 , X R , and X L are any described herein), where exemplary thioether derivatives include -SR , where R is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino (e.g., any described herein); a sulfoxide derivative, e.g., any sulfoxide derivative that can be functionalized to carry a charge, thereby providing a sulfoxonium derivative (e.g., such as by reacting the sulfoxide derivative with an alkylating reagent R7-XR
S2 L 1 S2 R L
or R -X , in which R , R , X , and X are any described herein), where exemplary sulfoxide derivatives include -S(=0)R , where R is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino
(e.g., any described herein); a phosphine derivative, e.g., any phosphine derivative that can be functionalized to carry a charge, thereby providing a phosphonium derivative (e.g., such as by reacting the phosphine derivative with an alkylating reagent R 1 -X R or R P3 -X L , in which R 1 , RP3, XR, and XL are any described herein), where exemplary phosphine derivatives include -PRP1RP2 or - RN1PRP1RP2, where RN1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl, and where each of RP1 and RP2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkcycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted amino (e.g., any described herein); or an imine derivative, e.g., any imine derivative that can be functionalized to carry a charge, thereby providing a iminium derivative (e.g., such as by reacting the imine derivative with an alkylating reagent R7-XR or RN1-XL, in which R7, RN1, XR, and XL are any described herein), where exemplary imine derivatives include -N=CR R , where each of R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl (e.g., any described herein).
Exemplary linkers LA and LA1 include a covalent bond, carbonyl (-C(O)-), oxy (-0-), thio (-S-), azo (-N=N-), phosphonoyl (-P(O)H-), phosphoryl (-P(0)<), sulfonyl (-S(0)2-), sulfinyl (-S(O)-), sulfonamide (e.g., -S02- RL3- or - RL3-S02- where RL3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), imino (- H-), imine (e.g., -CRL1=N-, where RL1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl), phosphine (e.g., -PRL3- group, where RL3 is H or optionally substituted alkyl), nitrilo (e.g., -NRL3-, where RL3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), optionally substituted Ci-i2
LI L2 LI L2
alkylene (e.g., -(CR R )La-, where each of R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), optionally substituted Ci-i2
alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1.12 heteroalkylene (e.g.,-C(0) RL3-, - RL3C(0)- -(CRL1RL2)ia-C(0)-(CRL1RL2)a-, -(CRL1RL2)ia-S02-(CRL1RL2)-
-(CRL1RL2)ia-C(0) RL3-(CRL1RL2)«- -(CRL1RL2)ia- RL3C(0)-(CRL1RL2)i5- -(CRL1RL2)ia-S02 RL3-(CRL1RL2)«- or -(CRL1RL2)ia- RL3S02-(CRL1R¾-, where each of RL1, RL2, and RL3 is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4-18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; and where each of La and Lb is,
independently, an integer of from 0 to 10, wherein at least one of La or Lb is not 0), optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4-i8 arylene, or optionally substituted C4-i8 aryleneoxy.
Further exemplary cationic moieties RA include -C(0)-ArA, in which ArA is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., a phenyl group substituted with one or more RA substituents and optionally substituted with additional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.). In another instance, RA includes -C(0)-Ph, in which Ph is substituted with al number of RA1, where al is an integer of from 1 to 5), and where RA1 is selected from any cationic functionality (e.g., any described herein, such as a structure including formula (ii-a) to (ii-n) or (iii-a) to (iii-n); and/or such as an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, or an iminium derivative).
FIG. 6A shows an exemplary cationic moiety RA, in which RA1 is located in the para position in relation to the -C(O)- linker of RA. As can be seen, any number of aryl groups in the underlying DAPP can be substituted. For instance, in the polymer of structure (Π-1), each pendent aryl group includes a RA substituent of -C(0)-(p-LA1-RA1)-Ph. In another instance, only the backbone aryl groups are substituted (e.g., with one or more RA, such as any herein). In yet another instance, the connecting group ArM is substituted (e.g., with one or more RA, such as any herein). Optionally, the connecting group ArM can include a label (e.g., halo).
Any useful number of aryl groups in the polymer can include RA. For instance, as seen in FIG. 6A, the polymer of structure (Π-2) or (II-4) includes three pendent aryl groups, in which each of these pendent groups includes a RA substituent of -C(0)-( -LA1-RA1)-Ph. In another instance, the polymer of structure (Π-3) includes four pendent aryl groups, in which each of these pendent groups includes a RA substituent of -C(0)-(p-LA1-RA1)-Ph. In some instances, each pendent aryl group is substituted. In other instances, only 2, 3, 4, or 5 of the pendent groups are substituted.
The polymer structure can include any useful combination of linkers LA and RA1 substitutions. In one instance, the linker LA includes -C(O)-. For instance, as seen in FIG. 6B, the polymer of structure (Π-5) or (Π-7) includes RA substituents including a -C(O)- linker. In another instance, the linker LA includes -S02- For instance, as seen in FIG. 6B, the polymer of structure (II-6) or (Π-8) includes three RA substituents including a -S02- linker. As further seen, the polymer can include any number of RA substituents located on a pendent aryl group (e.g., Arl to Ar6) in formula (Π-9)), a backbone aryl group (e.g., on a pendent aryl group (e.g., Ar7 to Ar9) in formula (Π-9)), or a connecting group (e.g., ArlO in formula (Π-9)). In some instance, the polymer includes a structure having formula (Π-9) or (11-10), in which linker LA connects the underlying ArA aryl group at a para position to the pendent aryl group (e.g., Arl).
Any useful number and type of RA, R1, and/or R3 substituents can be present on a particular polymer structure. In one instance, the number q of R1 or R3 substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3). In another instance, the number a of RA substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3). In yet another instance, the number al of R substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3).
Other functional moieties
The present invention includes the use of other functional moieties, such as reactive
S P c
handles (e.g., R ), acidic moieties (e.g., R , R , or R ), electron-withdrawing moieties (e.g., RF), and functional groups. Any number of these functional moieties can be present on the polymer (e.g., the polymer backbone aryl groups and/or pendent aryl groups).
Exemplary reactive handles (e.g., RH) include any useful group, such as H, halo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, and optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl. In one instance, at least one RH includes an optionally substituted aryl group (e.g., an optionally substituted aryl group including a halo, a haloalkyl, a
perfluoroalkyl, a hydroxyl, or an alkoxy group).
In some embodiments, the reactive handle RH includes -LH-ArH or -LH-AkH, in which ArH is an optionally substituted aryl and in which AkH is an optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted heteroalkyl. In particular embodiments LH is any useful covalent bond or any useful linker (e.g., any described herein). In some embodiments, ArH or AkH is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
In some embodiments, the ArH aryl-containing RH substituent is -LH-ArH, in which ArH is an RH1- substituted phenyl group. Furthermore, any number h of such RH substituents can be installed on each aryl group. RH1 can be any useful substituent, such as amino, amido, azido, nitro, nitroso, halo, as well as any described for an aryl group (e.g., substituents (1)- (47) as defined herein for aryl). In other embodiments, the ArH aryl-containing RH substituent is -LH-ArH, in which LH is a sulfonyl group and in which ArH is a halo-substituted phenyl group (e.g., pentafluorophenyl, tetrafluorophenyl, trifluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, or monofluorophenyl) . In yet other embodiments, the Ar aryl-containing R substituent is -L -Ar , in which LH is a carbonyl group and in which ArH is a halo-substituted phenyl group (e.g., pentafluorophenyl, tetrafluorophenyl, trifluorophenyl, difluorophenyl, or monofluorophenyl
In some embodiments, the AkH alkyl-containing RH substituent is -LH-AkH, in which AkH is an RH1-substituted Ci-alkyl group. Furthermore, any number h of such RH
substituents can be installed on each aryl group, and any number hi of -CRH1RH1- groups can be present within the RH substituent, in which each RH1 can be the same or different. RH1 can be any useful substituent, such as amino, amido, azido, nitro, nitroso, halo, as well as any described for an aryl group (e.g., substituents (l)-(27) as defined herein for alkyl).
In other embodiments, the AkH alkyl-containing RH substituent is -LH-AkH, in which
LH is a carbonyl group and in which AkH is a halo-substituted alkyl group (e.g.,
perfluoroalkyl, -(CF2)hiF, -(CH2)hiF, or -(CHF)hiF, in which hi is an integer of from about 1 to about 24).
Exemplary linkers LH include a covalent bond, carbonyl (-C(O)-), oxy (-0-), thio (-S-), azo (-N=N-), phosphonoyl (-P(O)H-), phosphoryl (-P(0)<), sulfonyl (-S(0)2-), sulfinyl (-S(O)-), sulfonamide (e.g., -S02- RL3- or - RL3-S02- where RL3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), imino (- H-), imine (e.g., - CRL1=N-, where RL1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl), phosphine (e.g., -PRL3- group, where RL3 is H or optionally substituted alkyl), nitrilo (e.g., -NRL3-, where RL3 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), optionally substituted Ci-i2
LI L2 LI L2
alkylene (e.g., -(CR R )∑a-, where each of R and R is, independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted aryl, or halo), optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1.12 heteroalkylene (e.g., -C(0) RL3-, -NRL3C(0)- -(CRL1RL2)ia-C(0)-(CRL1RL2)a-,-(CRL1RL2)ia-S02-(CRL1RL2)a- -(CRL1RL2)La-C(0) RL3-(CRL1R¾-, -(CRL1RL2)La- RL3C(0)-(CRL1R¾- -(CRL1RL2)La-S02 RL3-(CRL1RL2)«- or -(CRL1RL2)ia- RL3S02-(CRL1RL2)¾-, where each of RL1, RL2, and RL3 is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4-18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; and where each of La and Lb is,
independently, an integer of from 0 to 10, wherein at least one of La or Lb is not 0), optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy.
Further exemplary reactive handles RH include -C(0)-ArH, in which ArH is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., optionally substituted phenyl with one or more optional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.). In another instance, RH includes -C(0)-Ph, in which Ph is substituted with hi number of RH1, where RH1 is selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc., and where hi is an integer of from 1 to 5).
Any useful number of aryl groups in the polymer can include RH. In some instances, each pendent aryl group is substituted. In other instances, only some of the pendent groups are substituted. In one instance, the number h of RH substituent(s) is of from 0 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 0 to 4, 0 to 3, 0 to 2, 0 to 1, 1 to 5, 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3). In some embodiments, each aryl group includes one or more RH. In other embodiments, one aryl group includes one or more RH. In other embodiments, each pendent aryl group includes one or more RH. In yet other embodiments, one to three pendent aryl groups includes one or more RH. In other embodiments, each backbone aryl group or ArL aryl group includes one or more RH. In some embodiments, one backbone aryl group includes one or more RH. In particular embodiments, each h for each aryl group is the same or different.
In another instance, each backbone aryl group or ArL aryl group includes one or more
R1. In particular embodiments, each q for each aryl group is the same or different. In yet another instance, the number q of R3 substituent(s) is of from 1 to 5 for each aryl group (e.g., from 1 to 4, 1 to 3, 1 to 2, 2 to 5, 2 to 4, or 2 to 3). In some embodiments, each pendent aryl group includes one or more R3.
Other exemplary reactive handles RH include -S02-ArH, in which ArH is an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., optionally substituted phenyl with one or more optional substituents selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc.). In another instance, RH includes-S02-Ph, in which Ph is substituted with hi number of RH1, where RH1 is selected from the group of halo, haloalkyl, nitro, nitroso, alkoxy, etc., and where hi is an integer of from 1 to 5).
Exemplary acidic moieties (e.g., R ) include any group having one or more sulfonyl groups, such as sulfo (e.g., -S02-OH), alkylsulfonyl (e.g., -S02-R , where R is optionally substituted CM2 alkyl), alkylsulfonylalkyl (e.g., -RSA-S02-RS1, where each of RSA is optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and R is optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl), arylsulfonyl (e.g., -SO2-R r, where R is optionally substituted C4.18 aryl), arylsulfonylalkyl (e.g., -RSA-S02-RAr, where RSA is independently, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl or alkylene and R is optionally substituted C4.18 aryl), sulfonamoyl (e.g., -S02 RN1RN2), sulfoamino (e.g., -N(RN1)-S02-RS3), aminosulfonyl (e.g., -S02- RN1-RS2), or sulfonyl imide (e.g., -S02- RN1-S02-RS3), where each of RN1 and RN2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as
perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl; R is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C1-12 alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl; and R is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl.
In any of these moieties, each R and R is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as C1-12 perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; each R is independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C1-12 alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; each R is, independently, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; each of R is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkylene, or optionally substituted heteroalkylene; and each of RN1 and RN2 is, independently, H, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl.
Other exemplary acidic moieties (e.g., RP) include any group having one or more phosphoryl groups, such as phosphono (e.g., -P(0)(OH)2), phosphoric ester (e.g.,
-0-PO(OH)2 or -0-P(0)<RP1RP2 or -0-P(0)<RArRP2 or -0-P(0)<RArRAr, where each R^ is the same or different), alkylphosphoryl (e.g., -P(0)<RP1RP2, where RP1 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl or optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy; and RP2 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy), substituted phosphonoyl (e.g., -P(0)HRP1, where RP1 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy), alkylphosphorylalkyl (e.g., -R -P(0)<R R , where R is optionally substituted C1.12 alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene; and each of RP1 and RP2 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy), arylphosphoryl (e.g., -P(0)<RArRP2 or -P(0)<RArRAr, where each RAr is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk- C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and RP2 is optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy), or arylphosphorylalkyl (e.g., -RPA-P(0)<RArRP2 or -RPA-P(0)<RArRAr, where RPA is, independently, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene; each R is, independently, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and RP2 is H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy), where each of these groups can be optionally substituted (e.g., with one or more substituents described for alkyl, as defined herein).
In any of these moieties, each of RP1 and RP2 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as C1-12 perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; each of R is, independently, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and each RPA is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, or optionally substituted heteroalkylene.
Yet other exemplary acidic moieties (e.g., R ) include any group having a carbonyl group, such as H, hydroxyl, carboxyl (e.g., -C02H), -C(0)-RC1, or -RCA-C(0)-RC1 (e.g., where each R is, independently, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl (e.g., haloalkyl, such as Ci-12 perfluoroalkyl), optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1-12 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and each
R is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, or optionally substituted heteroalkylene).
Exemplary electron- withdrawing moieties (e.g., RF) include optionally substituted C5-19 or C7-11 aryloyl, optionally substituted C6.18 aryl, carboxyaldehyde, optionally substituted C2-7 or C2.13 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C2-7 or C2.13 alkoxycarbonyl, nitro, nitroso, cyano, sulfo, carboxyl, and quaternary ammonium (e.g., -N+RN1RN2RN3, where each of RN1, RN2, and RN3 is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl, or two of RN1, RN2, and RN3, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, form a heterocyclyl group, as defined herein). In another embodiment, RF includes or is substituted by a C1-12 perfluoroalkyl group. In yet another embodiment, RF is a C1-12 perfluoroalkyl group.
The reactive handles, acidic moieties, electron- withdrawing moieties, and/or functional groups can be substituted or unsubstituted. For example, these groups can be substituted with one or more substitution groups, as described herein for alkyl and/or aryl.
Aryl groups
The aryl groups herein can have any useful configuration, structure, and substitutions. Exemplary aryl groups (e.g., including arylene groups, such as for Ar1, ArM, and Ar*) include the following groups, which may be optionally substituted:
Figure imgf000046_0001
where each of Z, Z1, Z2, and Z3 is, independently, -0-, -S-, -S02- optionally substituted Ci-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, -CF2- -CH2- -OCF2- perfluoroalkylene, perfluoroalkyleneoxy, -Si(RV, -Ρ(0)(^)-, -PR1- -C(O)-, -C(CF3)2- -C(CH3)2- or -CCF3Ph- and where R1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, or phenyl).
Polymer salts
The present invention includes a salt of any polymer described herein, e.g., a salt of any one of formulas (II), (IIA), (Ila), (lib), (lie), (lid), (He), (Ilf), (Hg), (Hh), (Hi), (Ilj), (Ilk), (III), (Ilm), (Iln), (IIo), (IIp), (Ilq), (Ilr), (lis), (lit), (IIu), (IIv), (IIw), (IIx), (III), (Ilia), (Illb), (IIIc), (Hid), (IV), (V), and (Va), as well as particular structures provided as structures (II-l), (II-2), (II-3), (II-4), (II-5), (II-6), (II-7), (II-8), (II-9), (11-10), (11-11), (11-12), and (11-13). In particular embodiments, the salt is an anionic salt (e.g., a halide salt) In other embodiments, the form is a hydroxide form thereof.
Methods of making polymer structures
The polymers of the invention can be synthesized using any useful scheme. In some instances, the cationic moiety RA includes an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., an ArA group) having a cationic functionality (e.g., an RA1 group). Without wishing to be limited by mechanism, the proximity of an ArA aryl group to a RA1 cationic charge results in an enhanced stability due to resonance stabilization.
The following synthetic schemes are provided as further non-limiting examples.
Scheme la
Figure imgf000047_0001
As shown in Scheme la, the polymer of formula (Hi) can be formed by performing a Diels-Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, and then performing a first substitution reaction to introduce RA to the parent structure. These two steps are described in more detail below.
First, a Diels-Alder reaction can be performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenylcyclopentadienone)arylene reagent (1), with an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent (2). This reaction provides a Diels-Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3). As can be seen, in this step, the number of subunits m is controlled by the stoichiometry of reagents (1) and (2).
Second, a substitution reaction is performed with reagent RA-XL with the DAPP product (3) to provide a substituted polymer (Hi), where XL is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate) and RA is any described herein (e.g., RA can be -LA-ArA). As can be seen, reagent RA-XL includes a cationic charge (e.g., provided by way of a cationic functionality, such as an alkylated quaternary amine). Exemplary reagent RA-XL includes a salt, such as an iminium salt (e.g., a Vilsmeier reagent). Alternatively, the second step is conducted with reagent RA , which upon reaction with the DAPP product (3) forms cationic moiety. Exemplary reagent RA includes an amine (e.g., a substituted amine), a guanidine (e.g., a substituted guanidine), or a heterocyclyl amine.
The concentration of RA-XL or RA can be controlled to provide the desired extent of substitution on the DAPP pendent and/or backbone aryl groups. As can be seen, the number a of RA substituents on each aryl group can be controlled by the stoichiometry of reagent RA- XL and (DAPP) (3). In one instance, concentration can be controlled in order to install RA substituents on readily accessible pendent aryl groups. The reaction can be conducted until completion in order to access the backbone aryl groups, which are sterically more difficult to functionalize.
The cationic moiety RA can be installed in any useful manner. In one instance, the positively charged RA group can be installed directly on the pendent and/or backbone aryl group. In another instance, a precursor cationic moiety is installed on the pendent and/or backbone aryl group, and this precursor cationic moiety is reacted (e.g., with an alkylating reagent) to thereby provide a positively charged group attached to the DAPP structure. Scheme lb
Figure imgf000049_0001
As seen in Scheme lb, the polymer of formula (Hi) can be formed by performing a Diels-Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, performing a first substitution reaction to introduce the precursor cationic moiety RA* to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an alkylating reagent R7-XR, and optionally performing an anionic salt exchange reaction to introduce anionic moiety B. These four steps are described in more detail below. Similar to Scheme la, the first step in Scheme lb includes a Diels-Alder reaction that is performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl
cyclopentadienone)arylene reagent (1), in the presence of an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent (2). This reaction provides a Diels-Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3).
The second step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent RA*-XL in the presence of the DAPP product (3), thereby providing a substituted polymer (4) bearing a precursor cationic moiety R . For reagent R -X , X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and RA* is any precursor cationic moiety described herein (e.g., any non-ionized, non-charged counterpart of any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein).
The third step includes a second substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R7-XR in the presence of the substituted polymer (4) to provide the cationic charge on the polymer (5). For reagent R7-XR, XR is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R7 is any described herein (e.g., an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkaryl, or an optionally substituted aryl). Exemplary reagent R7-XR includes an alkylating agent (e.g., a methylating agent), such as an alkyl halide (e.g., CH3I), a dialkyl sulfonate, a dialkyl carbonate, an alkyl triflate, a diazo compound (e.g., diazo methane), or an alkyl halosulfonate (e.g., methyl
fluorosulfonate).
Finally, the fourth step includes an optional anion exchange reaction, which is performed with reagent AB in the presence of the DAPP product (5) to provide a substituted polymer carrying a different anionic moiety B (Hi).
In Scheme lb, each of integers a, a*, and a ' may be the same of different. For instance, if each reaction step is conducted with 100% efficiency (e.g., with excess reagents and/or lengthy reaction times), then a can equal a ', which can in turn be equal to a*.
Alternatively, if any of these reaction steps are not conducted with 100%) efficiency or with different efficiencies, then two or more of a, a*, and a ' may be different. Scheme Ila
Figure imgf000051_0001
(e.g., where the salt is X )
Any useful substituents can be installed on the polymer in any useful manner. As shown in Scheme Ila, the polymer of formula (II) can be formed by performing a Diels- Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, performing a first substitution reaction to introduce R3 to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce R1, and performing a final substitution reaction to introduce RA. These four steps are described in more detail below.
Similar to Scheme la, the first step in Scheme Ila includes a Diels- Alder reaction that is performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl cyclopentadienone)arylene reagent (1), in the presence of an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent (2). This reaction provides a Diels-Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3).
The second step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R3-X in the presence of the DAPP product (3), thereby providing a substituted polymer (6). For reagent R3-X, X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate) and R3 is any described herein.
The third step includes a second substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R -X in the presence of the substituted polymer (6) to provide the desired polymer of formula (I). For reagent R -X, X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R1 is any described herein.
Finally, the fourth step includes a third substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent RA-XL in the presence of the substituted polymer (I) to provide a further substituted polymer (II). For reagent RA-XL, XL is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and RA is any described herein (e.g., RA can be -LA-ArA). The cationic moiety RA can be installed in any useful manner (e.g., in one step or in two steps, such as by using a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety RA*-XL and an alkylating reagent R7-XR, such as in Scheme lb).
In some embodiments, one or more steps may be required to install R1 or R3 on the
1 3 Nl S2
parent molecule. For instance, when R or R is -SO2- R -R , multiple steps may be required to first install the -S02- functional group on the parent molecule. Then, this functional group may be activated (e.g., by forming a sulfonyl halide, such as sulfonyl chloride) and reacted with an amine (e.g., HRN1-RS2).
In another instance, an additional step may be required to install the -R functional group. For example, when R1 or R3 includes two sulfonyl groups, such as in
-S02- RN1S02-RS2 , then then sulfonyl groups can be attached sequentially. In one example, the method includes installing the first -S02- functional group on the parent molecule and then reacted with a primary amine, such as H2RN1, thereby providing a parent molecule having a -S02- HRN1 sulfonamide group. This sulfonamide can then be reacted with an activated sulfonyl reagent, e.g., a C1-S02-R reagent, where R is an optionally substituted Ci-12 alkyl, thereby providing an Rs moiety of -S02- RN1-S02-RS2' on the polymer.
In yet another instance, when R1 or R3 is -RPA-P(0)<RP1RP2, multiple steps may be required to first install the RPA alkylene or heteroalkylene on the parent molecule, and then to later install the -P(0)<RP1RP2 group on the alkylene or heteroalkylene molecule.
Furthermore, if RP1 or RP2 is an alkoxy or aryloxy group, then additional step may be required to modify a hydroxyl group attached to the phosphorous atom with an alkoxy or aryloxy group. A skilled artisan would understand that additional modifications or step can be employed to arrive at the desired structure.
Exemplary R*-X and R3-X reagents include HS03C1, H2S04, PC13, POCl3, H3PO4, SO3, fuming sulfuric acid, thionyl chloride, trimethylsilyl chlorosulfonate, dialkyl phosphites (e.g., diethyl phosphate with an optional catalyst, such as a Pd(0) catalyst), phosphines (e.g., tertiary phosphines), phosphoric acids (e.g., hypophosphorous acids, phosphonic acids, phosphinic acids, etc.), aryl halide (e.g., RX, where R is an optionally substituted aryl group, as defined herein, and X is halo), aryl halide (e.g., RX, where R is an optionally substituted aryloyl group, as defined herein, and X is halo, such as trifluorobenzoyl chloride), protein kinase (e.g., to install a phosphoryl group), phosphonoxyphenols, as well as mixtures thereof.
Furthermore, an additional anion exchange reaction may be conducted to provide a final product with the desired anionic moiety B (e.g., in which B is different than any leaving group X or XL employed during synthesis of the polymer).
Any substitution steps herein (e.g., the second, third, and fourth steps in Scheme lid) can be performed in any order to obtain the desired substitution pattern. Of course, if R3 and R1 are the same substituents, then only one of the substitution reaction steps can be conducted.
In another instance, as shown in Scheme lib, the polymer of formula (II) can be formed by performing a Diels- Alder reaction to form the pendent and backbone aryl groups, performing a first substitution reaction to introduce R1 to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce R3, and performing a final substitution reaction to introduce RA. These three steps are described in more detail below.
Figure imgf000054_0001
The Diels- Alder poly(phenylene) polymer (DAPP) (3) in Scheme lib can be formed in any useful manner. In one instance, similar to Scheme la, a DAPP polymer (3) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction that is performed with an optionally substituted diene, such as a l,4-bis-(2,4,5-triphenyl cyclopentadienone)arylene reagent, in the presence of an optionally substituted dienophile, such as a diethynylarylene reagent.
In Scheme lib, the first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R -X in the presence of the DAPP product (3), thereby providing a substituted polymer (7). For reagent R -X, X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R1 is any described herein.
The second step includes a second substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent R3-X in the presence of the substituted polymer (7) to provide the desired polymer of formula (I). For reagent R3-X, X is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and R3 is any described herein.
Finally, the third step includes a third substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent RA-XL in the presence of the substituted polymer (I) to provide a further substituted polymer (II). For reagent RA-XL, XL is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and RA is any described herein (e.g., RA can be -LA-ArA). The cationic moiety RA can be installed in any useful manner (e.g., in one step or in two steps, such as by using a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety RA*-XL and an alkylating reagent R7-XR, such as in Scheme lb). Optionally, an anion exchange reaction can be conducted to exchange XL for any other useful anionic moiety (e.g., any anionic salt described herein).
A substituted polymer (e.g., having R3 and R1 substituents) can be further
functionalized in any useful way to include one or more cationic moieties RA or cationic functionalities RA1. In some instances, the cationic moiety RA is installed directly on the substituted polymer. In other instances, a reactive handle RH is first installed on the substituted polymer, and RH is further reacted with a reagent including a cationic moiety RA or a precursor cationic moiety RA*. In particular embodiments, RH is a functional group X including a halo, a haloalkyl, an optionally substituted alkyl, an optionally substituted alkaryl, or an optionally substituted aryl (e.g., in which each of these can optionally include one or more halo substitutions); or in which X is halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate.
Scheme Ilia
Figure imgf000055_0001
As shown in Scheme Ilia, the polymer of formula (II) can be formed by providing a substituted DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein) having a structure of formula (I), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure, and then performing a second substitution reaction to introduce RA. These steps are described in more detail below.
The substituted polymer (I) in Scheme Ilia can be formed in any useful manner. In one instance, similar to Scheme Ila or Scheme lib, the substituted polymer (I) is formed by way of a Diels-Alder reaction to form the underlying DAPP structure, as well as by a plurality of substitution reactions to install R1 and R3 substituents.
In Scheme Ilia, the first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with a reagent including X in the presence of the substituted polymer (I), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (10), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). For the reagent including X, X can be any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, nitro, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate). For instance, if X is halo, then the reagent including X can be any useful halogenating reagent (e.g., X2, where X is halo) in the presence of an optional catalyst (e.g., Fe, FeX3, or A1X3, where X is halo). In another instance, if X is sulfonate, then the reagent including X can include any useful sulfonating reagent (e.g., S03 and/or H2SO4).
The second step includes a further substitution reaction, which is performed with reagent RA-XL in the presence of the substituted polymer (10) to provide a further substituted polymer (II). For reagent RA-XL, XL is any useful leaving group (e.g., halo, hydroxyl, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate), and RA is any described herein (e.g., RA can be -LA-ArA). The cationic moiety RA can be installed in any useful manner (e.g., in one step or in two steps, such as by using a reagent including a precursor cationic moiety RA*-XL and an alkylating reagent R7-XR, such as in Scheme lb). Optionally, an anion exchange reaction can be conducted to exchange XL for any other useful anionic moiety (e.g., any anionic salt described herein).
Any useful reagents and any useful synthetic steps can be employed to install the cationic moiety RA in the final polymer. As seen in Scheme Illb, an exemplary non-limiting synthetic scheme can include an initial reaction to install an ArA aryl group and a further reaction to install the cationic functionality RA1. Scheme Illb
Figure imgf000057_0001
As shown in Scheme Illb, the polymer of formula (IIu) can be formed by providing a substituted DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (11)), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an ArA group to the parent structure, and then performing a third substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality R in proximity to the aryl ring of the ArA group. These steps are described in more detail below.
The DAPP polymer (11) in Scheme Illb can be formed in any useful manner. In one instance, similar to Scheme lib, the DAPP polymer (11) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction including an optionally substituted diene and an optionally substituted dienophile.
The first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with a reagent including X in the presence of the DAPP polymer (11), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (12), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). Exemplary X and reagents including X are described herein.
The second step includes a further substitution reaction to introduce an ArA aryl group to one or more pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP polymer. In one instance, the reagent (13) is a boronic reagent including any useful ligand XL (e.g., any described herein, such as halo, optionally substituted alkoxy, hydroxyl, an optionally substituted alkylene, or an optionally substituted heteroalkylene, in which the alkylene or heteroalkylene, taken together with the boron to which it is attached, forms a boronate ester), any useful linker LA (e.g., any described herein), and an optionally substituted aryl group ArA. Such a boronic reagent can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Suzuki coupling reaction). In another instance, the reagent (14) includes any useful leaving groups XR1, XL (e.g., any described herein), any useful linker LA (e.g., any described herein), and an optionally substituted aryl group ArA. Such a reagent can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Friedel-Crafts alkylation or acylation reaction). As can be seen, the resultant polymer (15) includes any useful number a ' (e.g., where each a ' is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) of ArA groups attached by way of a linker LA to the pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP structure. The leaving group XL provides a reactive functional group that can be employed to further attach a cationic moiety RA, a cationic functionality RA1, or a precursor cationic moiety RA*.
The third step includes a substitution reaction to introduce RA1 to the DAPP polymer. In one instance, the reagent (16) includes any useful leaving group XR2, a linker LAI, and a cationic functionality RA1 (e.g., where exemplary leaving groups, linkers, and cationic functionalities are described herein). The number a of RA groups can be less than or equal to the number a ' of reactive groups on each aryl group. As can be seen, the final polymer of structure (IIu) includes one or more cationic moieties, each of which in turn includes a cationic functionality RA1 attached by way of a linker LA1 to an aryl group ArA. Scheme IV
Figure imgf000059_0001
Any useful combination of reactions can be employed to install and/or form the cationic moiety on the DAPP polymer. For instance, Scheme IV provides various exemplary, non-limiting retrosynthetic paths to install a cationic moiety RA, in which RA is
-LA-ArA-LA1-RA1.
In one non-limiting instance, path A is employed to first install the aryl group ArA on the DAPP polymer and then to install the cationic functionality RA1. Optionally, the cationic functionality RA1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality RA1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R7-XR3. As can be seen, retrosynthetic path A can include a first synthetic building block (18) having leaving groups XR1, XL1, a linker LA, and an aryl group ArA. The cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (16) having a leaving group XR2, a linker LA1, and a cationic functionality RA1.
Optionally, this building block (16), in turn, can be formed from a reaction including further building blocks, such as a first reagent (19) and a second reagent (20), to form a building block (16*) including a cationic moiety. The first reagent (19) can include any useful leaving group XR2, linker RA1, and precursor cationic moiety RA1*; and the second reagent (20) can be any useful alkylating reagent having a leaving group X and an organic moiety R7. In some instances, the cationic functionality RA1 is formed by reacting the precursor cationic moiety RA1* to include an appended organic moiety R7.
In another non-limiting instance, path B is employed to first install a linker portion LA on the DAPP polymer and then to install the aryl group ArA having the cationic functionality RA1. Optionally, the cationic functionality RA1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality RA1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R7-XR3.
As can be seen, retrosynthetic path B can include a first synthetic building block (21) having leaving groups XR1, XL1, and a linker portion LA . The aryl group and cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (22) having a leaving group XR2, a linker portion LA , an aryl group ArA, a linker LA1, and a cationic functionality RA1. The linker portions LA , LA can be designed to react in order to form a linker LA.
Optionally, this building block (22), in turn, can be formed from a reaction including further building blocks, such as a first reagent (23) and a second reagent (20), to form a building block (22*) including a cationic moiety. The first reagent (23) can include any useful leaving group XR2, linker portion LA , aryl group ArA, linker LA1, and precursor cationic moiety RA1*; and the second reagent (20) can be any useful alkylating reagent having a leaving group XR3 and an organic moiety R7. In some instances, the cationic functionality RA1 is formed by reacting the precursor cationic moiety RA1* to include an appended organic moiety R7.
In yet another non-limiting instance, retrosynthetic path C is employed to first install an aryl group ArA and a linker portion LA1 on the DAPP polymer and then to install the cationic functionality RA1. Optionally, the cationic functionality RA1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality RA1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R7-XR3.
As can be seen, path C can include a first synthetic building block (24) having leaving groups XR1, XL, a linker LA, an aryl group ArA, and a linker portion LA1 . The cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (25) having a leaving group XR2, a linker portion LA1 , and a cationic functionality RA1. The linker portions LA1 , LA1 can be designed to react in order to form a linker LA1.
Optionally, this building block (25), in turn, can be formed from a reaction including further building blocks, such as a first reagent (26) and a second reagent (20), to form a building block (25*) including a cationic moiety. The first reagent (26) can include any useful leaving group X , linker portion L , and precursor cationic moiety R ; and the second reagent (20) can be any useful alkylating reagent having a leaving group XR3 and an organic moiety R7. In some instances, the cationic functionality RA1 is formed by reacting the precursor cationic moiety RA1* to include an appended organic moiety R7.
In another non-limiting instance, retrosynthetic path D is employed to first install the aryl group ArA on the DAPP polymer and then to install the cationic functionality RA1.
Optionally, the cationic functionality RA1 in turn is installed by providing a precursor cationic functionality RA1* and by reacting this moiety with an alkylating reagent R7-XR3.
As can be seen, path D can include a first synthetic building block (13) having ligands XL, a linker LA, and an aryl group ArA. The cationic moiety can be provided by a second synthetic building block (16) having a leaving group XR2, a linker LA1, and a cationic functionality RA1. Optionally, this building block (16), in turn, is formed as seen and described for retrosynthetic pathway A.
In any scheme described herein, any useful functional group can be employed. For instance, XR1, XR2, XR3, XL, and XL1 can be any useful leaving group or ligand (e.g., any described herein, such as halo, hydroxyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkaryloxy, or sulfonate, such as mesylate, tosylate, or triflate). In another instance, organic moiety R7 can include any useful functional group, such as an optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkaryl, or optionally substituted aryl. In yet another instance, LA and LA1 can be any useful linker described herein (e.g., a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, phosphonoyl, phosphoryl, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy); and LA and LA can be any useful precursor or derivative that provides any linker described herein. In yet another instance, ArA can include any optionally substituted aryl group described herein. In another instance, RA and RA1 can be any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein; and RA* and RA1* can be any useful precursor or derivative that provides any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein.
EXAMPLES Example 1: Anion exchange polymer electrolytes
Ion exchange polymer electrolytes and their dispersion in liquid medium are one aspect of fuel cells and other electrochemical applications. In fuel cells, electrochemical reactions occur either in acidic or alkaline media. In acidic environments, proton exchange membranes offer the required combination of adequate longevity and good conductivity at relatively low temperatures (e.g., of from about 25°C to about 100°C). Whereas fuel cells and electrolytes employ proton exchange membranes, alkaline fuel cells require anion- conducting polymer electrolytes. In alkaline environments, the efficiency of the oxygen reduction reaction is much higher than in acidic conditions, which allows the use of low-cost, abundant electro-catalysts as opposed to precious metal catalysts.
Traditionally, alkaline fuel cells use an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide as the electrolyte, with typical concentrations of about 30%. A major operating constraint is the requirement for low carbon dioxide concentrations in the oxidant feed stream, as carbon dioxide can result in the formation of carbonate precipitates. One approach for addressing this issue is the use of solid anion-conducting membranes. Alkaline fuel cell systems based on such membranes use the desirable properties of the solid electrolytes, such as the lack of requirement of liquid electrolyte circulation, the presence of less corrosion, and the capability of applying differential pressure and system design simplification.
A significant challenge in the area of alkaline fuel cells is the current lack of anion exchange polymer electrolytes that have i) good electrolyte stability in alkaline media, ii) high anionic conductivity, and iii) good processability.
Without wishing to be limited by theory, one cause of the low stability of anion exchange polymer electrolytes is due to fast hydrolysis of polymer electrolytes in highly basic conditions. The degradation process can be accelerated by electron-withdrawing molecules in the vicinity of cation functional group. Lower ionic conductivity of anion exchange polymer electrolytes, as compared to cation exchange polymer electrolytes, is due to the diffusion coefficient of the hydroxide ion, which is lower than that of protons. Another non-limiting reason for lower ionic conductivity of anion exchange polymer electrolytes is the larger size of cation group in the anion exchange polymer electrolytes, which dilutes the concentration of exchange site.
Processability can also be a concern. The low processability of alkyl ammonium cation-based anion exchange polymer electrolytes is due, in part, to their low solubility. Alkyl ammonium cation-based (and other cation-based) anion exchange polymer electrolytes may be synthesized by chloride substitution of a -CH2C1 moiety of the polymers. Because the cation form of the polymer electrolytes is directly synthesized via chloride substitution, the resultant cation functionalized polymer electrolytes has limited solubility. This limited solubility has been a significant inhibitor of successful application of alkaline fuel cells. Traditional techniques rely on improving the stability of anion exchange polymer electrolytes by introducing highly basic and bulky cations such as sulfonium,
phosphazenium, and guanidinium. However, the cation functionality is directly attached to the hydrocarbon-based polymer backbone, which is technically challenging to synthesize.
There exists a need, therefore, for additional polymer structures and components formed from polymers that exhibit useful characteristics for use as anion exchange polymer electrolytes. Exemplary characteristics include enhanced stability against chemical degradation at high pH than currently available anion exchange polymer electrolytes;
improved anionic conductivity; and/or increased solubility in a dispersing medium, which in turn improves processability. Additionally, a need exists for methods of fabricating high performance, solid anion exchange membrane fuel cells.
This Example provides exemplary anion exchange polymer electrolytes that include a poly(phenylene) polymer with resonance-stabilized cationic moieties. The poly(phenylene) substructure provides a durable construct, and the cationic moiety provides a positive charge to promote anion conduction. These two structures (e.g., the poly(phenylene) substructure and the cationic moiety) work together to provide enhanced stabilities under high pH condition.
In one embodiment, the polymer includes an aryl group in proximity to the cationic moiety, thereby providing increased conjugation by way of charge derealization. The proximity of the aryl group allows for the construction of an increased number of resonance forms. The resonance structure of the aryl group can potentially enhance the stability of both cationic moieties and amide (or sulfonamide) linkage from the hydrolysis by sharing the electrons. The stabilization can be maximized when the conjugated structures, e.g., amide (or sulfonamide), aryl group, and cationic groups, are connected without interruption. Without wishing to be limited by mechanism, the polymer can be designed (e.g., by controlling the distance or linkage between an aryl group and the cationic moiety/cationic functionality) to provide resonance stabilized poly(phenylene)-based anion exchange polymer electrolytes. Also described herein are methods of preparing a poly(phenylene)-based polymer (e.g., a polymer having a structure of formula (II) or any polymer described herein) and methods of using the polymer to prepare membranes.
In one embodiment, the composition includes a structure having the formula (IIv):
Figure imgf000064_0001
a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion. In some embodiments, each R1 or R3 is, independently, any substituent described herein (e.g., H or halo, such as fluorine).
In some embodiments, each of LA and LA1 is, independently, any linker described herein (e.g., a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkylene, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkylene, or optionally substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkyleneoxy).
In some embodiments, each R4 is, independently, any substituent described herein (e.g., H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, or optionally substituted Ci-12 alkoxy).
In other embodiment, each RA1 is, independently, any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein (e.g., amidinium, guanidinium, phosphazenium,
aminosulfonium, aminosulfoxonium, imidazolium, or pyridinium, as well as salts thereof). Exemplary cationic moieties and cationic functionalities include the following:
Figure imgf000065_0001
re each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is any described herein; and each of Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, and Ral1 is, independently, any described herein. In some embodiments, each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is, independently, H or optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl. In other embodiments, each of Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, and Ral1 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl.
Any of the structures herein, as well as compositions including such structures, can be synthesized in any useful manner. Synthetic methods can be designed to introduce a linker or a linker portion to the poly(phenylene) polymer (e.g., a pendent aryl group and/or a backbone aryl group of the polymer). Provided herein are two exemplary methods for preparing the poly(phenylene)-based anion exchange polymer electrolytes, as seen in Scheme A and Scheme B, which are described in further detail. Scheme A relies on forming a linker by a Suzuki cross-coupling reaction with the poly(phenylene) polymer substructure. Scheme B relies on forming a linker by way of a Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction.
cheme A
Figure imgf000066_0001
As shown in Scheme A, the polymer of formula (IIw) can be formed by providing a DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (27)), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce X to the parent structure, performing a second substitution reaction to introduce an ArA group (e.g., by way of a Suzuki cross- coupling reaction), and then performing a third substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality RA1 in proximity to the aryl ring of the ArA group. These steps are described in more detail below.
The DAPP polymer (27) in Scheme A can be formed in any useful manner. In one instance, similar to Scheme lib, the DAPP polymer (27) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction between the optionally substituted diene and the optionally substituted dienophile.
The first step includes an initial substitution reaction, which is performed with a reagent including X in the presence of the DAPP polymer (27), thereby providing a further substituted polymer (28), in which each x is, independently, any useful integer (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5). Exemplary X and reagents including X are described herein (e.g., in which X is bromine for use in a Suzuki cross-coupling reaction).
The second step includes a further substitution reaction to introduce an ArA aryl group to one or more pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP polymer. In one instance, the reagent (13*) is a phenylboronic reagent including any useful ligand XL* (e.g., any described herein, such as optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, or in which a combination of two XL* is an optionally substituted alkylene which, taken together with the boron to which each is bound, forms a boronate ester), any useful leaving group XL1 (e.g., any described herein), and an optionally substituted aryl group ArA (e.g., optionally substituted with any substituent described herein, such as that described for R1, R3, R4, or substituents (l)-(47) described herein for aryl, including H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, or optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy).
Such boronic reagents can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Suzuki cross-coupling reaction). As can be seen, the resultant polymer (29) includes any useful number a ' (e.g., where each a ' is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, such as 1 or 2 on each pendent phenyl group) of ArA groups attached by way of a covalent bond to the pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP structure. The leaving group XL1 provides a reactive functional group that can be employed to further attach a cationic moiety RA, a cationic functionality RA1, or a precursor cationic moiety RA*.
The third step includes a substitution reaction (e.g., an SN2 nucleophilic substitution reaction) to introduce RA1 to the DAPP polymer. In one instance, the reagent (30) is a reagent including any useful leaving group XL2 and a cationic functionality RA1 (e.g., where exemplary leaving groups and cationic functionalities are any described herein). The number a of RA groups can be less than or equal to the number a ' of reactive groups on each aryl group. As can be seen, the final polymer of structure (IIw) includes one or more cationic functionalities RA1 attached by way of a covalent bond to an aryl group ArA. Optionally, RA1 can be introduced in two steps, in which the first step employs a reagent having a precursor cationic moiety and the second step employs an alkylating reagent to form a cationic charge.
In other embodiment, each RA1 is, independently, any cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein (e.g., amidinium, guanidinium, phosphazenium,
aminosulfonium, aminosulfoxonium, imidazolium, or pyridinium, as well as salts thereof). Exemplary cationic moieties and cationic functionalities include the following:
Figure imgf000068_0001
re each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is any described herein; and each of Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, and Ral1 is, independently, any described herein. In some embodiments, each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is, independently, H or optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl. In other embodiments, each of Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, and Ral1 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl.
Scheme B
Figure imgf000069_0001
As shown in Scheme B, the polymer of formula (IIx) can be formed by providing a DAPP polymer (e.g., any described herein, such as having a structure of formula (I) or (27)), performing a first substitution reaction to introduce ArA to the parent structure, and then performing a second substitution reaction to introduce a cationic functionality RA1 in proximity to the aryl ring of the ArA group. These steps are described in more detail below.
The DAPP polymer (27) in Scheme B can be formed in any useful manner. In one instance, similar to Scheme lib, the DAPP polymer (27) is formed by way of a Diels- Alder reaction between the optionally substituted diene and the optionally substituted dienophile.
The first step includes a further substitution reaction to introduce an ArA aryl group to one or more pendent and/or backbone aryl groups of the DAPP polymer. In one instance, the reagent (14*) is a reagent including any useful leaving group XR1, XL1 (e.g., any described herein, such as halo), any useful linker LA (e.g., any described herein, such as a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, or optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy), and an optionally substituted aryl group ArA. Such a reagent can be useful to conduct any useful reaction (e.g., a Friedel-Crafts alkylation or acylation reaction). As seen in Scheme B, the LA-connected derivative represented by formula (31) is formed by way of a Friedel-Crafts acylation reaction between a
poly(phenylene) of formula (27) and a reagent (14*) (e.g., a benzoyl halide or sulfonyl halide).
As can be seen, the resultant polymer (31) includes any useful number a ' (e.g., where each a ' is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) of ArA groups attached by way of a linker LA to the pendent aryl groups of the DAPP structure. The leaving group XL1 provides a reactive functional group that can be employed to further attach a cationic moiety RA, a cationic functionality RA1, or a precursor cationic moiety RA*.
The second step includes a substitution reaction (e.g., an SN2 nucleophilic substitution reaction) to introduce RA1 to the DAPP polymer. In one instance, the reagent (31) is a reagent including any useful leaving group XL2 and a cationic functionality RA1 (e.g., where exemplary leaving groups and cationic functionalities are any described herein). The number a of RA groups can be less than or equal to the number a ' of reactive groups on each aryl group (e.g., where each a is, independently, any useful integer, such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, including 1 or 2). As can be seen, the final polymer of structure (IIx) includes one or more cationic functionalities RA1 attached by way of a covalent bond to an aryl group ArA.
Optionally, RA1 can be introduced in two steps, in which the first step employs a reagent having a precursor cationic moiety and the second employs an alkylating reagent to form the cationic charge. Exemplary RA1 groups are described herein (e.g., for Scheme A or any other cationic moiety or cationic functionality described herein).
In addition, rather than a covalent bond, other linkers may be present between the aryl group ArA and the cationic functionality RA1, such as a linker LA1 (e.g., any described herein).
Example 2: Polymers having carbonyl-containing linkers
The anion exchange polymers can include any useful linker, which can be installed in any useful manner. For instance, FIG. 7 shows an exemplary schematic that can be described generically as follows. First, the initial DAPP structure can be reacted to provide a reactive DAPP, which has one or more reactive handles and a linker including -C(O)-. The initial DAPP structure can be any described herein (e.g., having a structure of formula (I) or (IA)). Then, a precursor cationic moiety can be installed, and an alkylation reaction can be performed to form the cationic moiety. Finally, an optional anion exchange reaction can be performed to provide an anionic moiety B. As can be seen, this scheme allows an aryl group and a cationic functionality to be installed in a step-wise manner. For instance, a first step can include use of a reactive handle having an ArA aryl group, and a second step can include use of a precursor cationic moiety to install this moiety on the ArA aryl group of the reactive handle.
As seen in FIG. 7, a substitution reaction is performed in the presence of a F-labeled DAPP and a reagent RH-X including ArA (here, ( -F)Ph-C(O)Cl) in the optional presence of a metal salt (here, AgOTf). If included, the metal salt can include any useful compound, such as CKSC R^)], M[N(S02-RMF)2], or M^SC R^], where R is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted haloalkyl, or perfluoroalkyl, and where M is Ag, Al, Ba, Bi, Ca, Cu, In, Re, Sc, Sn, Ti, Y, Yb, or Zn. Particular embodiments of metal salts include M[OTf]m , where mfi's an integer from 1 to 3 and where M is Ag, Al, Ba, Bi, Ca, Cu, In, Sc, Y, or Yb; as well as M[NTf2]m , where mfi's an integer from 1 to 3 and where M is Ag, Al, Sn, Ti, Yb, or Zn.
The reactive DAPP is then reacted with a precursor cationic moiety (here, 1,1,3,3,- tetramethyl guanidine or TMG), which reacts with the halide of the reactive handle. The carbonyl linker (-C(O)-) is also part of the reactive handle, and this linker connects the pendent aryl group with another aryl group ArA. This aryl group ArA, in turn, is connected to the cationic moiety or cationic functionality. As seen in FIG. 7, the reaction between the reactive DAPP and TMP results in guanidine DAPP.
Next, the precursor cationic moiety is alkylated with an alkylating reagent (e.g., R7X, in which R7 is an optionally substituted alkyl group and X is a leaving group, such as any described herein), thereby providing an R7-alkylated guanidinium moiety having a cationic charge and optionally complexed to an anion X. The resultant polymer structure has formula (11-11), which includes a cationic moiety in proximity to aryl group ArA and further includes a carbonyl linker attaching ArA to a pendent aryl group of the DAPP structure.
Finally, an optional anion exchange reaction is conducted in the presence of a salt AB, which results in a polymer having formula (Π-12) with anionic moiety B. In this way, any useful anionic salt form can be synthesized.
Example 3: Polymers having sulfonyl-containing linkers
In another instance, the ArA aryl group and the RA1 cationic functionality (or the ArA aryl group and a precursor cationic functionality RA1*) is installed at the same time.
Furthermore, the linker can include any useful functional group, such as a sulfonyl (-S(0)2-) or a sulfoneamide (-S(0)2-NR - or - R -S(0)2-, in which R is any useful moiety group). FIG. 8 provides an exemplary synthetic scheme including such linkers.
As seen in FIG. 8, a substitution reaction is performed in the presence of an initial DAPP and a reagent RH-X (here, C1S03H) to provide a reactive DAPP. The initial DAPP can be any described herein (e.g., having a structure of formula (I) or (IA)). Furthermore, RH-X can be chosen to include a linker portion (here, the -S(0)2- portion of a sulfonamide linker), as well as a halide that is reactive.
Next, the reactive DAPP is reacted with a precursor cationic moiety (here, N-(4- aminophenyl)-l, l,3,3,-tetramethylguanidine), which reacts with the halide of the reactive handle, thereby providing guanidine DAPP. As can be seen, the reagent providing the precursor cationic moiety can be chosen to include a linker portion (here, the -NH- portion of a sulfonamide linker) and to include the precursor cationic moiety in proximity to the aryl group ArA.
Then, the precursor cationic moiety is alkylated with an alkylating reagent (e.g., R7X, in which R7 is an optionally substituted alkyl group and X is a leaving group, such as any described herein), thereby providing an R7-alkylated guanidinium moiety having a cationic charge and optionally complexed to an anion X. The resultant polymer structure has formula (11-13), which includes a cationic moiety in proximity to aryl group ArA and includes a sulfonamide linker attaching ArA to a pendent aryl group of the DAPP structure. Optionally, an anion exchange reaction is conducted in the presence of a salt AB, which results in a polymer with anionic moiety B.
Other embodiments
All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are incorporated herein by reference to the same extent as if each independent publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
While the invention has been described in connection with specific embodiments thereof, it will be understood that it is capable of further modifications and this application is intended to cover any variations, uses, or adaptations of the invention following, in general, the principles of the invention and including such departures from the present disclosure that come within known or customary practice within the art to which the invention pertains and may be applied to the essential features hereinbefore set forth, and follows in the scope of the claims.
Other embodiments are within the claims.

Claims

1. A composition comprising a structure having the formula (II):
Figure imgf000073_0001
optionally substituted alkaiyl, optionally substituted aiylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl;
each R1 and R3 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, R S , R P , R C , or R F , wherein R S is an acidic moiety comprising a
P c sulfonyl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a phosphoryl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a carbonyl group, and RF is an electron-withdrawing moiety;
each ArL is, independently, a bivalent linker comprising optionally substituted arylene;
each Ar is, independently, a bivalent linker comprising optionally substituted arylene;
each q is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, in which each q for R is, independently, 0 or 1 ;
each a is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one a is not 0; and m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000.
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
at least one RA is -LA-ArA or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
LA is a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy; and
ArA is an optionally substituted aryl comprising one or more cationic functionalities.
3. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
Figure imgf000074_0001
at least one RA is or (u~2) , or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each LA and LA1 is, independently, a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy;
each R4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo,
carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy,
S P C F S P
R , R , R , or R , wherein R is an acidic moiety comprising a sulfonyl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a phosphoryl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a carbonyl group, and RF is an electron-withdrawing moiety;
each RA1 is, independently, a cationic functionality;
each q is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5; and
each al is, independently, an integer of from 1 to 5.
4. The composition of claim 2, wherein
LA is a covalent bond, carbonyl, sulfonyl, -NRL3-,-CRL1=N- -(CRL1RL2)La- -C(0) RL3-, - RL3C(0)-, -PRL3-, -S02 RL3-, - RL3S02- -(CRL1RL2)La-C(0)- (CRL1RL2)i5-
-(CRL1RL2)La-S02-(CRL1RL2)a- -(CRL1RL2)La-C(0) RL3-(CRL1RL2)a- -(CRL1RL2)La- RL3C(0)-(CRL1RL2)« -, -(CRL1RL2)La-S02 RL3-(CRL1RL2)«- or
-(CRL1RL2)La- RL3S02-(CRL1RL2)a-;
each of RL1, RL2, and RL3 is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl; and
each of La and Lb is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 10, wherein at least one ofJa or Lb is not 0.
5. The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition comprises a structure having any one of formulas (Ha) to (Hj), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
6. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
the composition comprises a structure having any one of formulas (Ilk) to (Hp) or (IIA), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each ArA is, independently, an optionally substituted aryl group comprising one or more cationic functionalities; and
each LA is, independently, a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy.
7. The composition of claim 2, wherein ArA is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted nitroalkyl, and optionally substituted alkyl.
8. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
the composition comprises a structure having any one of formulas (Ilq) to (IIx), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each RA1 is, independently, a cationic functionality;
each LA and LA1 is, independently, a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy;
each R4 and RM1, if present, is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted Ci-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl,
S P C F
optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, R , R , R , or R ; and
each al is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one al is not 0.
9. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
the composition comprises a structure having any one of formulas (II-l) to (11-10), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each RA1 is, independently, a cationic functionality;
each LA1 is, independently, a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy;
each R4 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted Ci-12 heteroalkyl, Rs, Rp, Rc, or RF; and
each al is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one al is not 0.
10. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
the composition comprises a structure having any one of formulas (Π-ll) to (11-13), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each R7 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido,
dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C1.6 alk-C4.1s aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and
each B and X is, independently, an anionic moiety.
11. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
the cationic moiety or the cationic functionality is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000077_0001
, or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci.6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, and wherein a combination of R and R , a combination of R and R , a combination of R and R , a combination of RN3 and RN4, or a combination of RN5 and RN6, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group;
each of Ra5, Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, Ral1, and Ral2 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted alkyl, wherein a combination of Ra6 and Ra7, a combination of Ra7 and Ra8, a combination of Ra8 and Ra9, a combination of Ra9 and Ral°, a combination of Ral° and Ral1, or a combination of Ral1 and Ral2, taken together with the parent atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group or an aryl group; and
each of a5, a6, a7, a8, a% and a10 is, independently, C, N, O, or S, in which at least one of a5, a6, a7, a8, and ag within a five-membered ring is N, O, or S and at least one of a5, a6, a7, a8, a% and a10 within a six-membered ring is N, O, or S.
12. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
the cationic moiety or the cationic functionality is selected from the group consisting
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
(ui-n) ^ or a sajt hereof or a form thereof including a counter ion;
each of RN1, RN2, RN3, RN4, RN5, RN6, RN7, RN8, RN9, RN1°, and RNU is, independently, H, halo, cyano, nitro, nitroso, azido, sulfo, carboxyaldehyde, carboxyl, hydroxyl, amino, amidino, amido, thioamido, dithiocarboxyamino, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C3.12 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkanoyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, and wherein a combination of RN1 and RN2, a combination of RN1 and RN3, a combination of RN1 and RN4, a combination of RN3 and RN4, or a combination of RN5 and RN6, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group;
each of Ra5, Ra6, Ra7, Ra8, Ra9, Ral°, Ral1, and Ral2 is, independently, absent, a covalent bond, H, or optionally substituted alkyl, wherein a combination of Ra6 and Ra7, a combination of Ra7 and Ra8, a combination of Ra8 and Ra9, a combination of Ra9 and Ral°, a combination of Ral° and Ral1, or a combination of Ral1 and Ral2, taken together with the parent atom to which each are attached, can form a heterocyclyl group or an aryl group;
each of a5, a6, a7, a8, a and a10 is, independently, C, N, O, or S, in which at least one of a5, a6, a7, a8, and ag within a five-membered ring is N, O, or S and at least one of a5, a6, a7, a8, a9, and a10 within a six-membered ring is N, O, or S; and
each B is, independently, an anionic moiety.
13. The composition of claim 1, wherein the cationic moiety or the cationic functionality comprises an ammonium derivative, a sulfonium derivative, a sulfoxonium derivative, a phosphonium derivative, a phosphazenium derivative, or an iminium derivative.
14. The composition of claim 13, wherein the cationic moiety or the cationic functionality is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted isoxazolium, optionally substituted oxazolium, optionally substituted thiazolium, optionally substituted pyrrolium, optionally substituted furanium, optionally substituted thiophenium, optionally substituted imidazolium, optionally substituted pyrazolium, optionally substituted isothiazolium, optionally substituted triazolium, optionally substituted tetrazolium, optionally substituted furazanium, optionally substituted pyridinium, optionally substituted
pyrimidinium, optionally substituted pyrazinium, optionally substituted triazinium, optionally substituted tetrazinium, optionally substituted pyridazinium, optionally substituted oxazinium, optionally substituted pyrrolidinium, optionally substituted pyrazolidinium, optionally substituted imidazolinium, optionally substituted isoxazolidinium, optionally substituted oxazolidinium, optionally substituted piperazinium, optionally substituted piperidinium, optionally substituted morpholinium, optionally substituted azepanium, optionally substituted azepinium, optionally substituted indolium, optionally substituted isoindolium, optionally substituted indolizinium, optionally substituted indazolium, optionally substituted benzimidazolium, optionally substituted isoquinolinum, optionally substituted quinolizinium, optionally substituted dehydroquinolizinium, optionally substituted quinolinium, optionally substituted isoindolinium, optionally substituted benzimidazolinium, and optionally substituted purinium, or salts thereof or forms thereof including a counter ion.
15. The composition of claim 1, wherein at least one RA is an optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl-Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C5-19
aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted C7-11 aryloyl, optionally substituted
C4.18 arylcarbonyl-Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted C4.18 arylsulfonyl-Ci-6 alkyl.
16. The composition of claim 15, wherein each and every RA comprises a cationic moiety comprising an optionally substituted aryl group.
17. The composition of claim 16, wherein each and every RA comprises a cationic moiety, and wherein each and every RA is selected from the group consisting of an optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl-Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C5-i9
aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted C7-11 aryloyl, optionally substituted
C4.18 arylcarbonyl-Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 arylsulfonyl, and optionally substituted C4.18 arylsulfonyl-Ci-6 alkyl.
18. The composition of claim 1, wherein:
Rs is -S02-RS1 or -S02- RN1-RS2 or -S02- RN1-S02-RS3, wherein each RS1 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; each RN1 is, independently, H, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; each R is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylsulfonyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted
Ci-6 alk-C4-i8 aryl; and each R is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl;
RP is -P(0)(OH)2 or -0-PO(OH)2 or -P(0)<RP1RP2 or -P(0)<RArRP2 or - P(0)<RArRAr, wherein each of RP1 and RP2 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy; and each R is, independently, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy;
Rc is -C02H or -C(0)-RC1 or -RCA-C(0)-RC1, wherein each RC1 is, independently, H, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, or optionally substituted
C4.18 aryloxy; and each R is, independently, oxy, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, or optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene; and
RF is carboxyaldehyde, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C2.13 alkanoyl, or optionally substituted C5-19 aryloyl.
19. The composition of claim 1, wherein ArL is optionally substituted phenylene, optionally substituted naphthylene, or optionally substituted phenanthrylene.
20. The composition of claim 19, wherein the optional substitution for ArL is RA, Rs, Rp, Rc, or RF.
21. The composition of claim 1, wherein ArM is optionally substituted phenylene, optionally substituted naphthylene, or optionally substituted phenanthrylene.
22. The composition of claim 21, wherein the optional substitution for ArM is RA, Rs, Rp, Rc, RF, or a label.
23. The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition comprises a structure having any one of formulas (II-l) to (11-10), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion, and wherein:
each R is, independently, a cationic functionality;
each L is, independently, a covalent bond, carbonyl, oxy, thio, azo, sulfonyl, sulfinyl, sulfonamide, imino, imine, phosphine, nitrilo, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, or optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy;
m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000; and
each al is, independently, if present, an integer of from 1 to 5.
A com osition comprising a structure having the formula (III):
Figure imgf000082_0001
or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion, wherein:
each RA is, independently, a cationic moiety comprising an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted arylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl;
each R1 and R3 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, R S , R P , R C , or R F , wherein R S is an acidic moiety comprising a
P c sulfonyl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a phosphoryl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a carbonyl group, and RF is an electron-withdrawing moiety;
each ArL is, independently, a bivalent linker comprising optionally substituted arylene;
each ArM is, independently, a bivalent linker comprising optionally substituted arylene;
each q is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, in which each q for Ri is, independently, 0 or 1 ;
each a is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one a is not 0; m is an integer of from about 1 to 1000;
L' is a sublink; and
each RL is, independently, a reactive end group.
25. The composition of claim 24, wherein L' comprises a covalent bond, optionally substituted C1-12 alkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkylene, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyleneoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 arylene, optionally substituted C4.18 aryleneoxy, optionally substituted polyphenylene, or a structure of formula (II).
26. The composition of claim 24, wherein RL is optionally substituted C5-i9 aryloyl or optionally substituted C4.18 aryl.
27. The composition of claim 24, wherein the composition comprises a structure having the formula (Ilia) to (Hid) or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion.
28. A composition comprising a structure having the formula (IV):
Figure imgf000084_0001
or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion, wherein:
each RA is, independently, a cationic moiety comprising an optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted alkaiyl, optionally substituted aiylalkoxy, optionally substituted aryloxy, optionally substituted aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted aryloyl, optionally substituted arylcarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted arylsulfonylalkyl;
each R1 and R3 is, independently, H, halo, cyano, optionally substituted Ci-i2 alkyl, optionally substituted Ci.i2 haloalkyl, optionally substituted Ci.i2 perfluoroalkyl, optionally
S P C F S
substituted Ci-i2 heteroalkyl, R , R , R , or R , wherein R is an acidic moiety comprising a
P c
sulfonyl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a phosphoryl group, R is an acidic moiety comprising a carbonyl group, and RF is an electron-withdrawing moiety;
each ArL is, independently, a bivalent linker comprising optionally substituted arylene;
each ArM is, independently, a bivalent linker comprising optionally substituted arylene;
each q is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, in which each q for Ri is, independently, 0 or 1 ;
each a is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one a is not 0; each of m and n is, independently, an integer of from about 1 to 1000;
L is a linking segment; and
Ar* is a hydrophobic segment.
29. The composition of claim 28, wherein the composition comprises a structure having the formula (V) or (Va), or a salt thereof or a form thereof including a counter ion, and wherein:
each RL is, independently, a reactive end group;
each RH, if present, is, independently, H, optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 haloalkyl, optionally substituted C1-12 heteroalkyl, halo, optionally substituted C1-12 perfluoroalkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted
Ci-6 alk-C4.18 aryl, optionally substituted C4.18 aryl-Ci-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C4.18 aryloxy, optionally substituted C5-19 aryloxycarbonyl, optionally substituted C5-19 aryloyl, optionally substituted C4.18 arylcarbonyl-Ci-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C4.18 arylsulfonyl, or optionally substituted C4.18 arylsulfonyl-Ci-6 alkyl; and
each h, if present, is, independently, an integer of from 0 to 5, wherein at least one h is not O.
30. A composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is a polymer.
31. A composition of claim 1, wherein the composition is a solid membrane.
PCT/US2017/012205 2016-01-04 2017-01-04 Poly (phenylene)-based anion exchange polymers and methods thereof Ceased WO2017120249A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662274592P 2016-01-04 2016-01-04
US62/274,592 2016-01-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017120249A1 true WO2017120249A1 (en) 2017-07-13

Family

ID=59226034

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2017/012205 Ceased WO2017120249A1 (en) 2016-01-04 2017-01-04 Poly (phenylene)-based anion exchange polymers and methods thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (2) US10053535B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2017120249A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11236196B2 (en) 2014-11-18 2022-02-01 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Polymers and methods for their manufacture
CA2968110C (en) 2014-11-18 2023-10-10 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Novel polymers and methods for their manufacture
US10312541B2 (en) 2015-07-30 2019-06-04 Triad National Security, Llc Polyol-based compositions comprising cationic group-functionalized polyphenylene polymers
US10294325B2 (en) 2016-01-04 2019-05-21 National Technology & Engineering Solutions Of Sandia, Llc Halo-containing anion exchange membranes and methods thereof
JP2019500477A (en) 2016-01-04 2019-01-10 ナショナル テクノロジー アンド エンジニアリング ソリューションズ オブ サンディア, エルエルシー Functionalization of Diels Alder polyphenylene polymers
US11621433B2 (en) 2016-12-20 2023-04-04 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Proton exchange membrane material and methods of making the same
US20200238272A1 (en) 2017-07-06 2020-07-30 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Ionic functionalization of aromatic polymers for ion exchange membranes
US10479866B1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-11-19 National Technology & Engineering Solutions Of Sandia, Llc Block copolymers including poly(phenylene) and methods thereof
CN112512668A (en) 2018-04-24 2021-03-16 伦斯勒理工学院 Crosslinking of aromatic polymers for anion exchange membranes
US11456463B1 (en) 2018-05-31 2022-09-27 Triad National Security, Llc 3D-printed electrode, gas diffusion electrode (GDE) and gas diffusion layer (GDL) for fuel cell applications
US10991966B1 (en) 2018-06-13 2021-04-27 Triad National Security, Llc Doped polymer electrolytes and methods of making and using the same
AU2019388889B2 (en) 2018-11-26 2025-05-01 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Phosphate anion-quaternary ammonium ion pair coordinated polymer membranes
EP4065753A1 (en) 2019-11-25 2022-10-05 Twelve Benefit Corporation Membrane electrode assembly for co x reduction
US11465139B2 (en) 2020-03-20 2022-10-11 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Thermally stable hydrocarbon-based anion exchange membrane and ionomers
CN113583279A (en) * 2021-08-11 2021-11-02 中国科学院山西煤炭化学研究所 Anion exchange membrane containing strong rigid structure, preparation method and application
US12567598B2 (en) 2021-10-22 2026-03-03 Uop Llc Proton exchange membranes for electrochemical reactions
US12503548B2 (en) 2022-05-10 2025-12-23 Uop Llc Anion exchange polymers and membranes for electrolysis
US20240228713A1 (en) * 2022-12-12 2024-07-11 Uop Llc Anion exchange polymers and membranes for electrolysis
WO2025137608A1 (en) * 2023-12-22 2025-06-26 Ionomr Innovations Inc. Reinforced ionomeric polyphenylene membranes and methods of use thereof

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060269498A1 (en) * 2005-05-17 2006-11-30 Gerard Malle Hair shaping composition comprising at least one polyguanidine other than hydroxide
US7816482B1 (en) * 2009-03-26 2010-10-19 Sandia Corporation Epoxy-crosslinked sulfonated poly (phenylene) copolymer proton exchange membranes
US20140024728A1 (en) * 2011-08-11 2014-01-23 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Anion exchange polymer electrolytes
US8809483B1 (en) * 2012-09-26 2014-08-19 Sandia Corporation Functionalization of poly(phenylene) by the attachment of sidechains
EP1672961B1 (en) * 2003-07-31 2014-12-03 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Compound, charge transport material and organic electroluminescent device
US20140356760A1 (en) * 2012-02-20 2014-12-04 Fujifilm Corporation Nitrogen-containing carbon alloy, method for producing same, carbon alloy catalyst, and fuel cell
US20150349269A1 (en) * 2013-05-16 2015-12-03 Cheil Industries Inc. Luminescent material for organic optoelectric device and organic optoelectric device and display device

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1370508A2 (en) 2001-03-12 2003-12-17 The Queen's University of Belfast Process catalysed by fluoroalkysulfonated compounds, preferably bis-triflimide compounds
US7022810B1 (en) 2003-05-09 2006-04-04 Sandia Corporation Proton exchange membrane materials for the advancement of direct methanol fuel-cell technology
US7301002B1 (en) 2003-10-14 2007-11-27 Sandia Corporation Sulfonated polyphenylene polymers
WO2007084155A2 (en) 2005-03-24 2007-07-26 The Regents Of The University Of California Anion-conducting polymer, composition, and membrane
US8227147B2 (en) 2005-04-22 2012-07-24 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Advanced membrane electrode assemblies for fuel cells
US7888397B1 (en) 2008-04-30 2011-02-15 Sandia Corporation Poly(phenylene)-based anion exchange membrane
US7875101B2 (en) 2008-11-12 2011-01-25 Sandia Corporation Hybrid membrane—PSA system for separating oxygen from air
US8110636B1 (en) 2009-04-17 2012-02-07 Sandia Corporation Multi-block sulfonated poly(phenylene) copolymer proton exchange membranes
US8492049B2 (en) 2009-09-14 2013-07-23 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Anion exchange polymer electrolytes
US8530109B2 (en) 2009-09-14 2013-09-10 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Anion exchange polymer electrolytes
PT2486029E (en) 2009-09-30 2015-10-14 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Processes for preparing of glucopyranosyl-substituted benzyl-benzene derivatives
US20120225371A1 (en) 2011-03-03 2012-09-06 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Ionomer for alkaline fuel cell
US9051431B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2015-06-09 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Poly(arylene)-based anion exchange polymer electrolytes
US9580541B1 (en) 2014-11-05 2017-02-28 Sandia Corporation High performance, durable polymers including poly(phenylene)
JP2019500477A (en) 2016-01-04 2019-01-10 ナショナル テクノロジー アンド エンジニアリング ソリューションズ オブ サンディア, エルエルシー Functionalization of Diels Alder polyphenylene polymers

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1672961B1 (en) * 2003-07-31 2014-12-03 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Compound, charge transport material and organic electroluminescent device
US20060269498A1 (en) * 2005-05-17 2006-11-30 Gerard Malle Hair shaping composition comprising at least one polyguanidine other than hydroxide
US7816482B1 (en) * 2009-03-26 2010-10-19 Sandia Corporation Epoxy-crosslinked sulfonated poly (phenylene) copolymer proton exchange membranes
US20140024728A1 (en) * 2011-08-11 2014-01-23 Los Alamos National Security, Llc Anion exchange polymer electrolytes
US20140356760A1 (en) * 2012-02-20 2014-12-04 Fujifilm Corporation Nitrogen-containing carbon alloy, method for producing same, carbon alloy catalyst, and fuel cell
US8809483B1 (en) * 2012-09-26 2014-08-19 Sandia Corporation Functionalization of poly(phenylene) by the attachment of sidechains
US20150349269A1 (en) * 2013-05-16 2015-12-03 Cheil Industries Inc. Luminescent material for organic optoelectric device and organic optoelectric device and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190031821A1 (en) 2019-01-31
US20170190831A1 (en) 2017-07-06
US10053535B2 (en) 2018-08-21
US10370483B2 (en) 2019-08-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017120249A1 (en) Poly (phenylene)-based anion exchange polymers and methods thereof
US10442887B2 (en) Functionalization of diels-alder polyphenylene polymers
US9580541B1 (en) High performance, durable polymers including poly(phenylene)
US20180194892A1 (en) Halo-containing anion exchange membranes and methods thereof
US20230096778A1 (en) Anion-solvating polymer membranes
KR100749156B1 (en) Staged Alkylation of Polymeramines
US12421392B2 (en) Ionic polymers and copolymers
US12060483B2 (en) Semi-interpenetrating and crosslinked polymers and membranes thereof
IL146209A (en) Composites and composite membranes
CN119095900A (en) Functionalized polybenzimidazole polymers for ionomer and proton exchange membrane applications
US20240417510A1 (en) Polystyrene combined with ionomers having aromatic backbones
Zhang et al. Emerging covalent organic frameworks for efficient proton conductors
Yao et al. Liquid–Liquid Phase Separation of Aqueous Ionic Liquids in Covalent Organic Frameworks for Thermal Switchable Proton Conductivity
JP5539651B2 (en) Phosphonic acid-containing electrolyte
US10800889B2 (en) Block copolymers including poly(phenylene) and methods thereof
US20250145762A1 (en) Composite materials and electrodes for carbon dioxide electrolysis
WO2025221343A9 (en) Systems and methods for using redox mediators or catalysts
EP4271731A1 (en) Chemically stable ion conductors and uses thereof
BR112021010146B1 (en) ION EXCHANGE MEMBRANE MATERIAL, ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD AND ELECTROCHEMICAL ENERGY CONVERSION SYSTEM

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17736270

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17736270

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1